A1353-RA Functional and Graphical Evolutions ed30.pdf

1041
Alcatel BSS Telecom Parameters Dictionary OMC Document Reference Guide Release B9 from MR2 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

Transcript of A1353-RA Functional and Graphical Evolutions ed30.pdf

Alcatel BSS

Telecom Parameters Dictionary

OMC Document

Reference Guide

Release B9 from MR2

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

Status IN PREPARATION

Short title

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, useand communication of its contents not permitted without writtenauthorization from Alcatel.

BLANK PAGE BREAK

2 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

Contents

Contents

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.1 Parameter Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81.2 Parameter Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

2 LCS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

2.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

3 GSM Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

3.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1323.3 System (CST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673

4.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6744.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10175.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10185.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021

6 2G-3G Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10316.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 3 / 1041

Contents

4 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

Preface

Preface

Purpose The BSS Parameter Dictionary lists all of the Telecom Parameters for GSMand GPRS.

What’s New In Edition 30First official release of document.This document was generated from the database 15 of the BSS TelecomParameters.

Audience This manual is designed for OMC-R users, O&M technicians and systemdesigners.

Assumed Knowledge Not applicable.

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 5 / 1041

Preface

6 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

1 Introduction

1 Introduction

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 7 / 1041

1 Introduction

1.1 Parameter ClassificationThe GSM and GPRS parameters are classified into three categories:

Network: customer dependent parameters, related to the network topology,

defined by the customer and valid for the complete network (e.g. BTS name,Cell ID, LAC number ...). They can be adjusted by CDE scripts.

Site: adjustable parameters from one cell to the next or from one BSC to the

next. They are set to a default value. They can be adjusted from the OMC-R.

System: fixed parameters, i.e. BSS system mandatory rules orautomatically populated in the DLS skeleton and let unchanged because

not customer dependent. Some of them are coded in BTS Software andconfiguration files.

1.2 Parameter DescriptionTo each parameter are associated the following characteristics:

Logical Parameter Name: Mnemonic conventionally used in Alcatel

documentation.

Definition: definition/purpose of the parameter.

Coding rules:, Rules of coding, when necessary.

Mandatory rules: Mandatory relationships or inter-dependence of some

data.

Recommended rules: Recommended relationships or inter-dependenceof some data.

Feature: Indicates to which feature the parameter is linked.

Category: Category into which the parameter is classified.

Instance: Possible instance of the parameter.

Value

Min/Max values: Possible range of the parameter values.

Default value: Parameter value in release B9 for a generic configuration.

Modifiable: Indicates if the parameter is modifiable at the OMC-R.

Parameter Access: Indicates where the parameter is accessible at theOMC-R.

External Comments: Specific information, when necessary, relatedto the parameter.

8 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 9 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.1 Network (CDE)

2.1.1 (CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN) - (CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN)

HMI Name CONFIDENCE_ORIGINParameter Name

Logical Name CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN

Definition Confidence origin used in the 3D linear regression of the confidenceof the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the referencelocation to the A-GPS server.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 50.7

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

10 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.1.2 (CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLOPE) -(CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLOPE)

HMI Name CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLOPEParameter Name

Logical Name CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLOPE

Definition Slope ratio between the confidence and the arc factor used in the 3Dlinear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned bythe MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 25

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 11 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.1.3 (CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE) -(CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE)

HMI Name CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPEParameter Name

Logical Name CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE

Definition Slope ratio between the confidence and the sum of minimum radiusfactor and maximum radius factor used in the 3D linear regressionof the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS whenproviding the reference location to the A-GPS server.

Coding rules step size = 0.01

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 15.28

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

12 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.1.4 (MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LIST) -(MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LIST)

HMI Name MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LISTParameter Name

Logical Name MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LIST

Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the types of optional assistance data to beretrieved from the A-GPS server when using the MS based A-GPSpositioning method. The following optional assistance data type areconsidered: Almanac, UTC model, DGPS corrections, referencetime, acquisition assistance, real-time integrity.

Coding rules bit 8 (most significant) and bit 7 are not used (i.e. always set to 0); bit6=1: real-time integrity is retrieived; bit 5=1: acquisition assistanceis retrieived; bit 4=1: reference time is retrieived; bit 3=1: DGPScorrections is retrieived; bit 2=1: UTC model is retrieived; bit 1 (leastsignificant)=1: Almanac is retrieived.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Reference

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 63 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 13 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.1.5 (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1) - (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1)

HMI Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1Parameter Name

Logical Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1

Definition The most preferred GPS positioning method.

Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS,2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for differentpriorities

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 3 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

14 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.1.6 (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2) - (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2)

HMI Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2Parameter Name

Logical Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2

Definition The second preferred GPS positioning method.

Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS,2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for differentpriorities.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 3 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 15 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.1.7 (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3) - (PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3)

HMI Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3Parameter Name

Logical Name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3

Definition The third preferred GPS positioning method.

Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS,2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules The same GPS methods reference should not be used for differentpriorities.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 3 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

16 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.1.8 (SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT) - (SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT)

HMI Name SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUTParameter Name

Logical Name SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT

Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based onTCP keep alive mechanism. This timer controls the retransmissiontimeout for the sending of the individual data segments.

Coding rules step size = 1 second

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 4 10 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 17 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.1.9 (SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL) -(SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL)

HMI Name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVALParameter Name

Logical Name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL

Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCPkeep alive mechanism. This timer determines the interval separatingkeep alive retransmissions until a response is received. Once aresponse is received, the delay until the next keep alive transmissionis again controlled by the value of this timer. The connectionwill be aborted after the number of retransmissions specified bySAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS have gone unanswered.

Coding rules step size = 1 second

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 4 10 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

18 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.1.10 (SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS) -(SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS)

HMI Name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANSParameter Name

Logical Name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS

Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCPkeep alive mechanism. This parameter controls the number of timesTCP will retransmit an individual data segment before aborting theconnection. The retransmission timeout is given by the parameterSAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 10 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 19 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.1.11 (T_SAGI_GUARD) - (T_SAGI_GUARD)

HMI Name T_SAGI_GUARDParameter Name

Logical Name T_SAGI_GUARD

Definition Timer to guard the response from the A-GPS server (on SAGI:interface with A-GPS server).

Coding rules step size = 1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 300 60

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_SAGI=1.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

20 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2 Site (CAE)

2.2.1 (ARC_SIZE_FACTOR) - (ARC_SIZE_FACTOR)

HMI Name ARC_SIZE_FACTORParameter Name

Logical Name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR

Definition Factor used in the computation of the width in degree of the ellipsoidarc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based onTA positionning method.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 1.5 1.2

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 21 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.2 (AZIMUTH) - (LCS_AZIMUTH)

HMI Name AZIMUTHParameter Name

Logical Name LCS_AZIMUTH

Definition Antenna direction orientation for the sector supporting the cell (usedby the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionningmethod).

Coding rules 0: 0 degree,…, 359: 359 degree, 360: omnidirectional cell

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 360 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit cell / LCS

External Comment 0� corresponds to the North orientation and is counted clockwise.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

22 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.3 (EN_CONV_GPS) - (EN_CONV_GPS)

HMI Name EN_CONV_GPSParameter Name

Logical Name EN_CONV_GPS

Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method ‘Conventional GPS’.

Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit cell / LCS

External Comment The activation of this positioning method is meaningful whenEN_LCS=1.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 23 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.4 (EN_LCS) - (EN_LCS (BSC))

HMI Name EN_LCSParameter Name

Logical Name EN_LCS (BSC)

Definition Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS.

Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled

Mandatory rules Equal to EN_LCS (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / LCS

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

24 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.5 (EN_LCS) - (EN_LCS (MFS))

HMI Name EN_LCSParameter Name

Logical Name EN_LCS (MFS)

Definition Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS.

Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled

Mandatory rules Equal to EN_LCS (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / LCS

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 25 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.6 (EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS) - (EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS)

HMI Name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPSParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS

Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method ‘MS AssistedA-GPS’.

Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit cell / LCS

External Comment The activation of this positioning method is meaningful whenEN_LCS=1.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

26 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.7 (EN_MS_BASED_AGPS) - (EN_MS_BASED_AGPS)

HMI Name EN_MS_BASED_AGPSParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MS_BASED_AGPS

Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method ‘MS Based A-GPS’.

Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / LCS

External Comment The activation of this positioning method is meaningful whenEN_LCS=1.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 27 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.8 (EN_SAGI) - (EN_SAGI)

HMI Name EN_SAGIParameter Name

Logical Name EN_SAGI

Definition Flag indicating whether SAGI (interface with the A-GPS server) isconfigured or not for this BSS.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: ?

Parameter Access Edit BSC / LCS

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

28 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.9 (Geographical Coordinates) -(GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG)

HMI Name Geographical CoordinatesParameter Name

Logical Name GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG

Definition Indicates whether latitude and longitude are significant or not.

Coding rules 0: not significant, 1: significant

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / LCS

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 29 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.10 (HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH) - (HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH)

HMI Name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTHParameter Name

Logical Name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH

Definition Antenna half power beam for the sector supporting the cell (used bythe MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionningmethod).

Coding rules 0: half power beam width unknown, 1: 1 degree,…, 360: 360 degree(omnidirectional cell)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 360 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit cell / LCS

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

30 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.11 (LATITUDE) - (LCS_LATITUDE)

HMI Name LATITUDEParameter Name

Logical Name LCS_LATITUDE

Definition Latitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to computelocation estimate based on TA positionning method).

Coding rules Sequence of:- number of degrees (from 0 to 90)- number of minutes (from 0 to 59)- number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999)- direction (boolean, true for South and false for North)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type List of numbers

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0,0,0,false 90,59,9999,true #

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / LCS

External Comment 1) 0� latitude corresponds to the Equator;2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&MParameters" document, parameter "LCS-Latitude".

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 31 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.12 (LONGITUDE) - (LCS_LONGITUDE)

HMI Name LONGITUDEParameter Name

Logical Name LCS_LONGITUDE

Definition Longitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS tocompute location estimate based on TA positionning method).

Coding rules Sequence of:- number of degrees (from 0 to 180)- number of minutes (from 0 to 59)- number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999)- direction (boolean, true for West and false for East)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type List of numbers

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0,0,0,false 180,59,9999,true #

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / LCS

External Comment 1) 0� longitude corresponds to the Greenwich Meridian;2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&MParameters" document, parameter "LCS-Longitude".

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

32 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.13 (MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR) - (MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR)

HMI Name MAX_RADIUS_FACTORParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR

Definition Factor used in the computation of the maximum radius of the ellipsoidarc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based onTA positionning method.

Coding rules step size = 0.05

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.5 1 0.6

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 33 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.14 (MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR) - (MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR)

HMI Name MIN_RADIUS_FACTORParameter Name

Logical Name MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR

Definition Factor used in the computation of the minimum radius of the ellipsoidarc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based onTA positionning method.

Coding rules step size = 0.05

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.5 1 0.85

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

34 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.15 (T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant) - (T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant)

HMI Name T_LCS_Delay_TolerantParameter Name

Logical Name T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant

Definition SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including theRRLP message exchange with the target MS) in case of a DelayTolerant Location Request.

Coding rules step size = 1 sec

Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >=T_LCS_Low_Delay

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 300 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSS / LCS

External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 35 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.16 (T_LCS_Low_Delay) - (T_LCS_Low_Delay)

HMI Name T_LCS_Low_DelayParameter Name

Logical Name T_LCS_Low_Delay

Definition SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (includingthe RRLP message exchange with the target MS) in case of a LowDelay Location Request.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >=T_LCS_Low_Delay

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 180 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSS / LCS

External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

36 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.17 (T_Loc_abort) - (T_Loc_abort)

HMI Name T_Loc_abortParameter Name

Logical Name T_Loc_abort

Definition BSC timer supervising the response from the SMLC in case ofLocation Abort.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T_Loc_abort < T_Location

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 30 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / LCS

External Comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 37 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.18 (T_Location) - (T_Location)

HMI Name T_LocationParameter Name

Logical Name T_Location

Definition BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from theSMLC in case of Location request, when no RRLP exchange istriggered with the MS.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >=T_LCS_Low_Delay

Recommended rules -

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 300 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / LCS

External Comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

38 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.19 (T_Location_Longer) - (T_Location_Longer)

HMI Name T_Location_LongerParameter Name

Logical Name T_Location_Longer

Definition BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from theSMLC in case of Location request, when a RRLP exchange istriggered with the MS.

Coding rules step size = 1 sec

Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >=T_LCS_Low_Delay

Recommended rules T_Location_Longer > T_Location

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 300 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / LCS

External Comment The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1, and replacesT_Location timer in case of Conventional GPS, MS Assisted A-GPSand MS Based A-GPS positioning methods.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 39 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.20 (T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant) - (T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant)

HMI Name T_RRLP_Delay_TolerantParameter Name

Logical Name T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant

Definition SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between theSMLC and the target MS, in case of a Delay Tolerant LocationRequest.

Coding rules step size = 1 sec

Mandatory rules T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant > T_RRLP_Delay_TolerantT_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 300 9

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSS / LCS

External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

40 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

2.2.21 (T_RRLP_Low_Delay) - (T_RRLP_Low_Delay)

HMI Name T_RRLP_Low_DelayParameter Name

Logical Name T_RRLP_Low_Delay

Definition SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between theSMLC and the target MS, in case of a Low Delay Location Request.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules T_Low_Delay > T_RRLP_Low_DelayT_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 120 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / LCS

External Comment The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 41 / 1041

2 LCS Telecom Parameters

42 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 43 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1 Network (CDE)

3.1.1 (ADDR_MON) - (ADDR_MON)

HMI Name ADDR_MONParameter Name

Logical Name ADDR_MON

Definition Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. Ontimeout, the address error counter is reset.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 6553.5 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

44 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.2 (ADDR_TR) - (ADDR_TR)

HMI Name ADDR_TRParameter Name

Logical Name ADDR_TR

Definition Address error threshold for alarm detection.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 255 60

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 45 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.3 (Autocleaning_Timer) - (T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP)

HMI Name Autocleaning_TimerParameter Name

Logical Name T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP

Definition Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure.

Coding rules step size = 1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so thatT_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 255 40

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General timers and procedures

External Comment T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0 inhibits the autocleaningprocedure.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

46 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.4 (BF_HI_RX) - (BF_HI_RX)

HMI Name BF_HI_RXParameter Name

Logical Name BF_HI_RX

Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normalto busy condition.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 80

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 47 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.5 (BF_HI_TX) - (BF_HI_TX)

HMI Name BF_HI_TXParameter Name

Logical Name BF_HI_TX

Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normalto busy condition.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 30 16

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

48 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.6 (BF_LO_RX) - (BF_LO_RX)

HMI Name BF_LO_RXParameter Name

Logical Name BF_LO_RX

Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busyto normal condition.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 70

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 49 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.7 (BF_LO_TX) - (BF_LO_TX)

HMI Name BF_LO_TXParameter Name

Logical Name BF_LO_TX

Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busyto normal condition.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 30 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

50 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.8 (CGI_REQUIRED) - (CGI_REQD)

HMI Name CGI_REQUIREDParameter Name

Logical Name CGI_REQD

Definition Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC.

Coding rules 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_REQD parameter to 1 providedthat the MSC supports the CGI format. The CGI_REQD parametershall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow inter-PLMN 2Gto 2G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it isrecommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid anyadditional Telecom outage.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 51 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.9 (COUNT_DECR) - (COUNT_DECR)

HMI Name COUNT_DECRParameter Name

Logical Name COUNT_DECR

Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reactionto TCU overload is decremented upon T_COUNT_I expiry.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 10 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

52 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.10 (COUNT_I_THRESHOLD) - (COUNT_I_THRESHOLD)

HMI Name COUNT_I_THRESHOLDParameter Name

Logical Name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD

Definition Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions uponTCU overload.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 50 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 53 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.11 (COUNT_INCR_1) - (COUNT_INCR_1)

HMI Name COUNT_INCR_1Parameter Name

Logical Name COUNT_INCR_1

Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reactionto TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 1.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_1 <= COUNT_INCR_2

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 10 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

54 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.12 (COUNT_INCR_2) - (COUNT_INCR_2)

HMI Name COUNT_INCR_2Parameter Name

Logical Name COUNT_INCR_2

Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reactionto TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 2.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules COUNT_INCR_2 >= COUNT_INCR_1

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 10 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 55 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.13 (CRC_MON) - (CRC_MON)

HMI Name CRC_MONParameter Name

Logical Name CRC_MON

Definition Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. Ontimeout, the CRC error counter is reset.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 25.5 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

56 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.14 (CRC_TR) - (CRC_TR)

HMI Name CRC_TRParameter Name

Logical Name CRC_TR

Definition CRC error threshold for alarm detection.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 255 50

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 57 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.15 (EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY) -(EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY)

HMI Name EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGYParameter Name

Logical Name EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY

Definition Defines the radio resource allocation strategy used in EGSM cells.

Coding rules 0: Different behaviour for EGSM capable MS: The BSS handlesdifferently EGSM capable MS from PGSM only capable MS in EGSMcells.1: Same behaviour for EGSM capable MS: The BSS handles in thesame way only PGSM capable MS as EGSM capable MS in EGSMcells, i.e. the BSS assumes that all GSM900 MS are EGSM capable.

Mandatory rules 1) When EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY is set to "Differentbehaviour for EGSM capable MS", the OMC-R does not allow theoperator to define the BCCH, CCCH, SDCCH and CBCH on a G1TRX.2) For a hopping G1 TRX, if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY = 0then TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

58 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.16 (EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF) - (EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF)

HMI Name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREFParameter Name

Logical Name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF

Definition When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a "dual rate,half-rate preferred", to allocate a full rate channel.

Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 59 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.17 (I_TX_LAPD) - (I_TX_LAPD)

HMI Name I_TX_LAPDParameter Name

Logical Name I_TX_LAPD

Definition Maximum LAPD transmission queue length.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 5 204 105

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

60 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.18 (LB_DECR) - (LB_DECR)

HMI Name LB_DECRParameter Name

Logical Name LB_DECR

Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC isdecremented on T_LB_OV expiry.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 10 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 61 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.19 (LB_INCR) - (LB_INCR)

HMI Name LB_INCRParameter Name

Logical Name LB_INCR

Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC isincremented each time an OVERLOAD is received from the FU.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 10 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

62 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.20 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1])

HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1]

Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded bythe TCU at step I.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 63 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.21 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i[10])

HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10]Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10]

Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded bythe TCU at step I.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

64 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.22 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2])

HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2]Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2]

Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded bythe TCU at step I.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 65 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.23 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3])

HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3]Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3]

Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded bythe TCU at step I.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

66 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.24 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4])

HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4]Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4]

Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded bythe TCU at step I.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 40

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 67 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.25 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5])

HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5]Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5]

Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded bythe TCU at step I.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

68 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.26 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6])

HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6]Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6]

Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded bythe TCU at step I.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 69 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.27 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7])

HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7]Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7]

Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded bythe TCU at step I.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

70 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.28 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8])

HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8]Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8]

Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded bythe TCU at step I.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 71 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.29 (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9]) - (MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9])

HMI Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9]Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9]

Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded bythe TCU at step I.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

72 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.30 (MIN_RLF_TIME_DL) - (MIN_RLF_TIME_DL)

HMI Name MIN_RLF_TIME_DLParameter Name

Logical Name MIN_RLF_TIME_DL

Definition Minimum time before detecting a radio link failure of a DL TBF,triggered by N3105 or NstagnatingWindowDL.

Coding rules step size = 100 ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules It is recommended to set a value close to the time of temporary verybad radio conditions that the operator would like to support during aDL TBF. Typically, a few seconds.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 0 25000 4000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 73 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.31 (NBLK) - (NBLK)

HMI Name NBLKParameter Name

Logical Name NBLK

Definition Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACKfrom the MSC is not received.

Coding rules 255: infinite transmission

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 255 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

74 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.32 (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1) - (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1)

HMI Name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1Parameter Name

Logical Name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1

Definition Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overloadlevel 1.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 <= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 10 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 75 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.33 (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2) - (NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2)

HMI Name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2Parameter Name

Logical Name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2

Definition Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 >= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 10 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

76 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.34 (NUBLK) - (NUBLK)

HMI Name NUBLKParameter Name

Logical Name NUBLK

Definition Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACKfrom the MSC is not received.

Coding rules 255: infinite transmission

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 255 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 77 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.35 (PROT_MON) - (PROT_MON)

HMI Name PROT_MONParameter Name

Logical Name PROT_MON

Definition Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. Ontimeout, the protocol error counter is reset.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 6553.5 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

78 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.36 (PROT_TH) - (PROT_TH)

HMI Name PROT_THParameter Name

Logical Name PROT_TH

Definition Protocol error threshold for alarm detection.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 255 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 79 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.37 (SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD) - (SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD)

HMI Name SDCCH_AVG_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD

Definition Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements.

Coding rules 8 bits, step size=1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 16 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

80 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.38 (SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY) - (SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY)

HMI Name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAYParameter Name

Logical Name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY

Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor loadis high.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 10 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 81 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.39 (SDCCH_LOW_DELAY) - (SDCCH_LOW_DELAY)

HMI Name SDCCH_LOW_DELAYParameter Name

Logical Name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY

Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load islow.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 10 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

82 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.40 (SMS_INHIBIT) - (SMS_INHIBIT)

HMI Name SMS_INHIBITParameter Name

Logical Name SMS_INHIBIT

Definition This flag enables/disables SMS support.

Coding rules 0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 83 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.41 (SSF) - (SSF)

HMI Name SSFParameter Name

Logical Name SSF

Definition This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling PointCode.

Coding rules coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value =0, international network; Value = 4, Spare, reserved for internationaluse; Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 , Reserved for nationaluse

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 12 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for NetworkIndicator and 2 spare bits.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

84 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.42 (T_BTS_EST_CNF) - (T_BTS_EST_CNF)

HMI Name T_BTS_EST_CNFParameter Name

Logical Name T_BTS_EST_CNF

Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 6553.5 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 85 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.43 (T_BTS_RLS_CNF) - (T_BTS_RLS_CNF)

HMI Name T_BTS_RLS_CNFParameter Name

Logical Name T_BTS_RLS_CNF

Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 6553.5 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

86 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.44 (T_CBC_READY) - (T_CBC_READY)

HMI Name T_CBC_READYParameter Name

Logical Name T_CBC_READY

Definition Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connectto the CBC before issueing an alarm or returning CMD-MODE Resp.

Coding rules step size: 1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 10 600 300

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 87 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.45 (T_COUNT_I) - (T_COUNT_I)

HMI Name T_COUNT_IParameter Name

Logical Name T_COUNT_I

Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction toTCU overload.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 50 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

88 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.46 (T_i) - (T_i)

HMI Name T_iParameter Name

Logical Name T_i

Definition Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Resetprocedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules For BSC Evolution, the default value must be increased to 10 sec.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 10 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 89 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.47 (T_LB_OV) - (T_LB_OV)

HMI Name T_LB_OVParameter Name

Logical Name T_LB_OV

Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reactionto FU overload.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 25.5 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

90 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.48 (T_OVL_MSC) - (T_OVL_MSC)

HMI Name T_OVL_MSCParameter Name

Logical Name T_OVL_MSC

Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messagessent to the MSC.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 6553.5 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 91 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.49 (T_RCR_ACK) - (T_RCR_ACK)

HMI Name T_RCR_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name T_RCR_ACK

Definition Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 6553.5 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

92 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.50 (T_SMSCB_RESP) - (T_SMSCB_RESP)

HMI Name T_SMSCB_RESPParameter Name

Logical Name T_SMSCB_RESP

Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive.

Coding rules step size = 1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 10 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 93 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.51 (T1_0858) - (T1_0858)

HMI Name T1_0858Parameter Name

Logical Name T1_0858

Definition Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS,a new OVERLOAD is ignored.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules T1_0858 < T2_0858

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 3 6553.5 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

94 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.52 (T2_0858) - (T2_0858)

HMI Name T2_0858Parameter Name

Logical Name T2_0858

Definition Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the casewhere the BTS stops sending OVERLOAD.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules T2_0858 > T1_0858

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 3 6553.5 50

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 95 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.53 (T9101) - (T9101)

HMI Name T9101Parameter Name

Logical Name T9101

Definition Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 6553.5 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

96 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.54 (T9103) - (T9103)

HMI Name T9103Parameter Name

Logical Name T9103

Definition Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 6553.5 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 97 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.55 (T9108) - (T9108)

HMI Name T9108Parameter Name

Logical Name T9108

Definition Supervision of the Physical Context procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 6553.5 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

98 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.56 (T9110) - (T9110)

HMI Name T9110Parameter Name

Logical Name T9110

Definition Guards the response of the MSC when no resources areallocated to the SCCP connection (started on the receptionof CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVERREQUEST message and stopped when a HANDOVER REQUESTmessage is received on the same SCCP connection as theSCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response of the MSCwhen a HANDOVER FAILURE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE messagehas been sent (stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEARCOMMAND message is received).

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)].

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 6553.5 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 99 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.57 (TCH_INFO_PERIOD) - (TCH_INFO_PERIOD)

HMI Name TCH_INFO_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name TCH_INFO_PERIOD

Definition Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC.

Coding rules stepsize = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 2 25.5 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

100 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.58 (THR_LB_OV) - (THR_LB_OV)

HMI Name THR_LB_OVParameter Name

Logical Name THR_LB_OV

Definition Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSCupon FU overload.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 50 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 101 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.59 (THRESHOLD_1_0) - (THRESHOLD_1_0)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_0Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_0

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and"overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 0.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_0 >= THRESHOLD_2_0

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 25

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

102 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.60 (THRESHOLD_1_1) - (THRESHOLD_1_1)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_1Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_1

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and"overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 1.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_1 >= THRESHOLD_2_1

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 28

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 103 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.61 (THRESHOLD_1_10) - (THRESHOLD_1_10)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_10Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_10

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and"overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 10.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_10 >= THRESHOLD_2_10

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 55

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

104 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.62 (THRESHOLD_1_2) - (THRESHOLD_1_2)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_2Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_2

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and"overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 2.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_2 >= THRESHOLD_2_2

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 31

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 105 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.63 (THRESHOLD_1_3) - (THRESHOLD_1_3)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_3Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_3

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and"overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 3.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_3 >= THRESHOLD_2_3

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 34

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

106 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.64 (THRESHOLD_1_4) - (THRESHOLD_1_4)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_4Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_4

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and"overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 4.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_4 >= THRESHOLD_2_4

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 37

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 107 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.65 (THRESHOLD_1_5) - (THRESHOLD_1_5)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_5Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_5

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and"overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 5.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_5 >= THRESHOLD_2_5

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 40

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

108 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.66 (THRESHOLD_1_6) - (THRESHOLD_1_6)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_6Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_6

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and"overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 6.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_6 >= THRESHOLD_2_6

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 43

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 109 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.67 (THRESHOLD_1_7) - (THRESHOLD_1_7)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_7Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_7

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and"overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 7.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_7 >= THRESHOLD_2_7

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 46

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

110 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.68 (THRESHOLD_1_8) - (THRESHOLD_1_8)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_8Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_8

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and"overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 8.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_8 >= THRESHOLD_2_8

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 49

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 111 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.69 (THRESHOLD_1_9) - (THRESHOLD_1_9)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_1_9Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_1_9

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and"overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 9.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_9 >= THRESHOLD_2_9

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 52

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

112 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.70 (THRESHOLD_2_0) - (THRESHOLD_2_0)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_0Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_0

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and"overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 0.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_0 <= THRESHOLD_1_0

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 22

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 113 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.71 (THRESHOLD_2_1) - (THRESHOLD_2_1)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_1Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_1

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and"overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 1.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_1 <= THRESHOLD_1_1

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 25

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

114 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.72 (THRESHOLD_2_10) - (THRESHOLD_2_10)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_10Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_10

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and"overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 10.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_10 <= THRESHOLD_1_10

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 52

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 115 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.73 (THRESHOLD_2_2) - (THRESHOLD_2_2)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_2Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_2

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and"overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 2.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_2 <= THRESHOLD_1_2

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 28

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

116 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.74 (THRESHOLD_2_3) - (THRESHOLD_2_3)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_3Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_3

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and"overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 3.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_3 <= THRESHOLD_1_3

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 31

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 117 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.75 (THRESHOLD_2_4) - (THRESHOLD_2_4)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_4Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_4

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and"overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 4.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_4 <= THRESHOLD_1_4

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 34

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

118 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.76 (THRESHOLD_2_5) - (THRESHOLD_2_5)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_5Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_5

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and"overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 5.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_5 <= THRESHOLD_1_5

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 37

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 119 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.77 (THRESHOLD_2_6) - (THRESHOLD_2_6)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_6Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_6

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and"overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 6.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_6 <= THRESHOLD_1_6

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 40

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

120 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.78 (THRESHOLD_2_7) - (THRESHOLD_2_7)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_7Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_7

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and"overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 7.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_7 <= THRESHOLD_1_7

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 43

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 121 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.79 (THRESHOLD_2_8) - (THRESHOLD_2_8)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_8Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_8

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and"overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 8.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_8 <= THRESHOLD_1_8

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 46

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

122 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.80 (THRESHOLD_2_9) - (THRESHOLD_2_9)

HMI Name THRESHOLD_2_9Parameter Name

Logical Name THRESHOLD_2_9

Definition Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and"overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 9.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_9 <= THRESHOLD_1_9

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 49

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 123 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.81 (TL_TCUA) - (TL_TCUA)

HMI Name TL_TCUAParameter Name

Logical Name TL_TCUA

Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby thelocal overload controller.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 50 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

124 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.82 (TL0) - (TL0)

HMI Name TL0Parameter Name

Logical Name TL0

Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "LowOverload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equalto TL0 and less than TL3." The TCU is in "No Overload" state if itsProcessor Occupancy Level is less than TL0.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules TL0 < TL3 < TL4

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 60

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 125 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.83 (TL1) - (TL1)

HMI Name TL1Parameter Name

Logical Name TL1

Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer Pon buffer occupancy thresholds.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules TL1 < TL2

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 70

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

126 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.84 (TL2) - (TL2)

HMI Name TL2Parameter Name

Logical Name TL2

Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer Pon buffer occupancy thresholds.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules TL3 > TL4

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 85

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 127 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.85 (TL3) - (TL3)

HMI Name TL3Parameter Name

Logical Name TL3

Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level:1) In upward direction, the TCU Overload State is in "High Overload"state if "TL3 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4";2) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is still in "Very HighOverload" State if "TL3 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4";3) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is in "LowOverload" state if "TL0 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL3.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules T0 < TL3 < TL4

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 75

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

128 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.86 (TL4) - (TL4)

HMI Name TL4Parameter Name

Logical Name TL4

Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "VeryHigh Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is higher orequal to TL4.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules TL4 > TL3 > TL0

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 95

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 129 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.87 (TRG_SDCCH) - (TRG_SDCCH)

HMI Name TRG_SDCCHParameter Name

Logical Name TRG_SDCCH

Definition Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCHoverload.

Coding rules 1 for TCU, 0 for others

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC proc

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be set to 0for other BSC processors

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

130 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.1.88 (TS_TCUA) - (TS_TCUA)

HMI Name TS_TCUAParameter Name

Logical Name TS_TCUA

Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by thelocal overload controller.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 50 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 131 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2 Site (CAE)

3.2.1 (A_LEV_HO) - (A_LEV_HO)

HMI Name A_LEV_HOParameter Name

Logical Name A_LEV_HO

Definition Window size for level averages for handover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32

Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 31 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size

External Comment –

Single 8

Umbrella 8

Concentric 8

Concentric Umbrella 8

Microcell 4

Minicell 8

Extended inner cell 8

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 8

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

132 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.2 (A_LEV_MCHO) - (A_LEV_MCHO)

HMI Name A_LEV_MCHOParameter Name

Logical Name A_LEV_MCHO

Definition Window size for level averages for microcell handover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 15 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters /Lower Layer HO Control

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A

Concentric Umbrella N/A

Microcell 2

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 133 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.3 (A_LEV_PC) - (A_LEV_PC)

HMI Name A_LEV_PCParameter Name

Logical Name A_LEV_PC

Definition Window size for level averages for power control.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32

Recommended rules A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 31 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

134 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.4 (A_PBGT_DR) - (A_PBGT_DR)

HMI Name A_PBGT_DRParameter Name

Logical Name A_PBGT_DR

Definition Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 15 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: DIR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 135 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.5 (A_PBGT_HO) - (A_PBGT_HO)

HMI Name A_PBGT_HOParameter Name

Logical Name A_PBGT_HO

Definition Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averagingcurrent cell levels for power budget calculation.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32

Recommended rules A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 31 16

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size

External Comment should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12in rural area

Single 12

Umbrella 12

Concentric 12

Concentric Umbrella 12

Microcell 6

Minicell 12

Extended inner cell 12

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 12

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

136 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.6 (A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR) - (A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR)

HMI Name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HRParameter Name

Logical Name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR

Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR FR-to-HR channel adaptation.

Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr

Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 61 61

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 137 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.7 (A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR) - (A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR)

HMI Name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FRParameter Name

Logical Name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR

Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR HR-to-FR channel adaptation.

Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr

Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 61 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

138 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.8 (A_QUAL_HO) - (A_QUAL_HO)

HMI Name A_QUAL_HOParameter Name

Logical Name A_QUAL_HO

Definition Window size for quality averages for handover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32

Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 31 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size

External Comment –

Single 8

Umbrella 8

Concentric 8

Concentric Umbrella 8

Microcell 4

Minicell 8

Extended inner cell 8

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 8

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 139 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.9 (A_QUAL_PC) - (A_QUAL_PC)

HMI Name A_QUAL_PCParameter Name

Logical Name A_QUAL_PC

Definition Window size for quality averages for power control.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32

Recommended rules A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 31 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

140 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.10 (A_RANGE_HO) - (A_RANGE_HO)

HMI Name A_RANGE_HOParameter Name

Logical Name A_RANGE_HO

Definition Window size for distance averages.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 31 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 141 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.11 (A_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (A_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

HMI Name A_TRAFFIC_LOADParameter Name

Logical Name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Definition Window size for load averages.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 16 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

4 4 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

142 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.12 (AC 0) - (AC_0)

HMI Name AC 0Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_0

Definition Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 143 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.13 (AC 1) - (AC_1)

HMI Name AC 1Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_1

Definition Indicates if Access Class 1 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

144 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.14 (AC 11) - (AC_11)

HMI Name AC 11Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_11

Definition Indicates if Access Class 11 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 145 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.15 (AC 12) - (AC_12)

HMI Name AC 12Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_12

Definition Indicates if Access Class 12 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

146 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.16 (AC 13) - (AC_13)

HMI Name AC 13Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_13

Definition Indicates if Access Class 13 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 147 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.17 (AC 14) - (AC_14)

HMI Name AC 14Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_14

Definition Indicates if Access Class 14 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

148 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.18 (AC 15) - (AC_15)

HMI Name AC 15Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_15

Definition Indicates if Access Class 15 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 149 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.19 (AC 2) - (AC_2)

HMI Name AC 2Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_2

Definition Indicates if Access Class 2 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

150 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.20 (AC 3) - (AC_3)

HMI Name AC 3Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_3

Definition Indicates if Access Class 3 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 151 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.21 (AC 4) - (AC_4)

HMI Name AC 4Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_4

Definition Indicates if Access Class 4 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

152 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.22 (AC 5) - (AC_5)

HMI Name AC 5Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_5

Definition Indicates if Access Class 5 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 153 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.23 (AC 6) - (AC_6)

HMI Name AC 6Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_6

Definition Indicates if Access Class 6 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

154 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.24 (AC 7) - (AC_7)

HMI Name AC 7Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_7

Definition Indicates if Access Class 7 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 155 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.25 (AC 8) - (AC_8)

HMI Name AC 8Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_8

Definition Indicates if Access Class 8 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

156 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.26 (AC 9) - (AC_9)

HMI Name AC 9Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_9

Definition Indicates if Access Class 9 is barred.

Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 157 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.27 (ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM) -(ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM)

HMI Name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAMParameter Name

Logical Name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM

Definition Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present inSYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4.

Coding rules 1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value ofPI and possibly C2 parameters.1= the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters in a SYS INFO TYPEor message 8 are used

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

158 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.28 (AG_PREMPT_PCH) - (AG_PREMPT_PCH)

HMI Name AG_PREMPT_PCHParameter Name

Logical Name AG_PREMPT_PCH

Definition Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grantmessages when there is one remaining free AGCH block.

Coding rules 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled

Mandatory rules Let’s define the free AGCH blocks as the number of blocks remainingfor the AGCH messages when the BCCH extended block and NCHblocks have been excluded.- If there is no free AGCH block then the flag is not used (pre-emptionmandatory, default value 0 is not used by BTS )- If there is only one free AGCH block then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or0 (pre-emption allowed)- If there is more than one free AGCH then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0(pre-emption forbidden).

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Ctrl Channel

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 159 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.29 (ALLOC_ANYWAY) - (ALLOC_ANYWAY)

HMI Name ALLOC_ANYWAYParameter Name

Logical Name ALLOC_ANYWAY

Definition Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on freeresource at expiry of its queuing timer independently of the thresholdNUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / General HO Control

External Comment only relevant when NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

160 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.30 (AMR_FR_HYST) - (AMR_FR_HYST)

HMI Name AMR_FR_HYSTParameter Name

Logical Name AMR_FR_HYST

Definition Hysteresis for AMR FR codec mode adaptation.

Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 15 = 7.5 dB

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST +AMR_FR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 1…3).

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 7.5 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset(12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s).Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 161 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.31 (AMR_FR_SUBSET) - (AMR_FR_SUBSET)

HMI Name AMR_FR_SUBSETParameter Name

Logical Name AMR_FR_SUBSET

Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMRFR calls (1 to 4 codecs).

Coding rules bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1:10,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 6=1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of thesubset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/sis part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75kbit/s is part of the subset

Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (amaximum of 4 bits can be set to 1).

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 240 164

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR

External Comment Default value corresponds to an optimal codec subset:12.2kbit/s,7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

162 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.32 (AMR_FR_THR_1) - (AMR_FR_THR_1)

HMI Name AMR_FR_THR_1Parameter Name

Logical Name AMR_FR_THR_1

Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between lowestcodec mode and second lowest codec mode.

Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB

Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_1 <= AMR_FR_THR_2

Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST +AMR_FR_THR_1 <= 16dB.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 31.5 6.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset(12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_1 is not used if lessthan 2 codecs are in the AMR FR subset.Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 163 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.33 (AMR_FR_THR_2) - (AMR_FR_THR_2)

HMI Name AMR_FR_THR_2Parameter Name

Logical Name AMR_FR_THR_2

Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between secondlowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode.

Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB

Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 >= AMR_FR_THR_1

Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST +AMR_FR_THR_2 <= 16dB.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 31.5 11.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset(12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_2 is not used if lessthan 3 codecs are in the AMR FR subset.Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

164 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.34 (AMR_FR_THR_3) - (AMR_FR_THR_3)

HMI Name AMR_FR_THR_3Parameter Name

Logical Name AMR_FR_THR_3

Definition Threshold for AMR FR codec mode adaptation between third lowestcodec mode and fourth lowest codec mode.

Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB

Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2

Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST +AMR_FR_THR_3 <= 16dB.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 31.5 11.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset(12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_3 is not used if lessthan 4 codecs are in the AMR FR subset.Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 165 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.35 (AMR_HR_HYST) - (AMR_HR_HYST)

HMI Name AMR_HR_HYSTParameter Name

Logical Name AMR_HR_HYST

Definition Hysteresis for AMR HR codec mode adaptation.

Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 15 = 7.5 dB

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST +AMR_HR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 1…3).

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 7.5 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset(7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s).Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

166 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.36 (AMR_HR_SUBSET) - (AMR_HR_SUBSET)

HMI Name AMR_HR_SUBSETParameter Name

Logical Name AMR_HR_SUBSET

Definition Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMRHR calls (1 to 4 codecs).

Coding rules Coded on 1 byte. Bit 8 (most significant) = Bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset;bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is partof the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (leastsignificant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset;

Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (amaximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). The subset shall not contain only7.4 kbit/s codec mode. The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is not supportedby Alcatel BSS.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 60 22

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR

External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset(7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 167 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.37 (AMR_HR_THR_1) - (AMR_HR_THR_1)

HMI Name AMR_HR_THR_1Parameter Name

Logical Name AMR_HR_THR_1

Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between lowestcodec mode and second lowest codec mode.

Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB

Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_1 <= AMR_HR_THR_2

Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST +AMR_HR_THR_1 <= 16dB.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 31.5 11

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset(7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used if lessthan 2 codecs are in the AMR HR subset.Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

168 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.38 (AMR_HR_THR_2) - (AMR_HR_THR_2)

HMI Name AMR_HR_THR_2Parameter Name

Logical Name AMR_HR_THR_2

Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between secondlowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode.

Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB

Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 >= AMR_HR_THR_1

Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST +AMR_HR_THR_2 <= 16dB.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 31.5 12.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset(7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_2 is not used if lessthan 3 codecs are in the AMR HR subset.Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 169 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.39 (AMR_HR_THR_3) - (AMR_HR_THR_3)

HMI Name AMR_HR_THR_3Parameter Name

Logical Name AMR_HR_THR_3

Definition Threshold for AMR HR codec mode adaptation between third lowestcodec mode and fourth lowest codec mode.

Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB

Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2

Recommended rules As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST +AMR_HR_THR_3 <= 16dB.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 31.5 12.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset(7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_3 is not used if lessthan 4 codecs are in the AMR HR subset.Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

170 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.40 (AMR_START_MODE_FR) - (AMR_START_MODE_FR)

HMI Name AMR_START_MODE_FRParameter Name

Logical Name AMR_START_MODE_FR

Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a FR AMR call, untilcodec mode adaptation is started by the BTS.

Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec modeof the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subsetcontains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode(used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highestcodec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 4 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 171 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.41 (AMR_START_MODE_HR) - (AMR_START_MODE_HR)

HMI Name AMR_START_MODE_HRParameter Name

Logical Name AMR_START_MODE_HR

Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a HR AMR call, untilcodec mode adaptation is started by the BTS.

Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec modeof the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subsetcontains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode(used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highestcodec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes)

Mandatory rules If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), thechosen codec mode shall not correspond to 7.40 kbit/s.

Recommended rules Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start mode for AMR HR should beavoided.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 4 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC &SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

172 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.42 (AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD) - (EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR)

HMI Name AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOADParameter Name

Logical Name EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR

Definition This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring uponBTS/BSC overload.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 173 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.43 (AUTO_BAR_CELL) - (AUT_BAR)

HMI Name AUTO_BAR_CELLParameter Name

Logical Name AUT_BAR

Definition This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

174 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.44 (AUTO_BAR_EC) - (EC_BAR)

HMI Name AUTO_BAR_ECParameter Name

Logical Name EC_BAR

Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 175 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.45 (Automatic AC barring on TCH load) - (EN_LOAD_MNGT)

HMI Name Automatic AC barring on TCH loadParameter Name

Logical Name EN_LOAD_MNGT

Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes onTCH load criterion.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

176 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.46 (B_NUM) - (B_NUM)

HMI Name B_NUMParameter Name

Logical Name B_NUM

Definition Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 35 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 177 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.47 (BCC) - (BCC (BSC))

HMI Name BCCParameter Name

Logical Name BCC (BSC)

Definition BTS colour code of the cell.

Coding rules coded over 3 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

178 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.48 (BCC) - (BCC (MFS))

HMI Name BCCParameter Name

Logical Name BCC (MFS)

Definition BTS colour code of the cell.

Coding rules coded over 3 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 179 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.49 (BCC) - (BCC (n))

HMI Name BCCParameter Name

Logical Name BCC (n)

Definition BTS colour code of the adjacent cell.

Coding rules coded over 3 bits

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit External Cell / Circuit 1/2

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

180 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.50 (BCCH_ARFCN) - (BCCH_ARFCN(n))

HMI Name BCCH_ARFCNParameter Name

Logical Name BCCH_ARFCN(n)

Definition Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of theadjacent cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules - BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) = BCCH_ARFCN(n)- In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM" or"EGSM-DCS1800", the BCCH ARFCN belonging tothe G1 band may be selected by the operator, only ifEGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells,only in the outer zone. These restrictions do not apply to externalcells.

- for serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC:There shall be no more than 31 different BCCH frequencies for theset of all cells which are target for reselection of the same servingcell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS) <> Disabledand FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty.-for Non –Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards :There shall be no more than 31 different BCCH frequencies for theset of all cells which are target for reselection of that same servingcell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> Disabled andFDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty.- For Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards :There shall be no more than 32 different BCCH frequencies for theset of all target cells.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1023 None

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 181 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

182 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.51 (BCCH_ARFCN) - (BCCH_FREQUENCY(n))

HMI Name BCCH_ARFCNParameter Name

Logical Name BCCH_FREQUENCY(n)

Definition Indicates the frequency used as BCCH.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules - BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) = BCCH_ARFCN(n)- In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM" or"EGSM-DCS1800", the BCCH ARFCN belonging tothe G1 band may be selected by the operator, only ifEGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells,only in the outer zone.These restrictions do not apply to external cells.

- for serving cell handled by a pre-MR4 BSC:There shall be no more than 31 different BCCH frequencies for theset of all cells which are target for reselection of the same servingcell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS) <> Disabledand FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty.-for Non –Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards :There shall be no more than 31 different BCCH frequencies for theset of all cells which are target for reselection of that same servingcell if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> Disabled andFDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) is not empty.- For Evolium serving cell handled by a BSC from MR4 onwards :There shall be no more than 32 different BCCH frequencies for theset of all target cells.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1023 None

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 183 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

184 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.52 (BCCH_EXT) - (BCCH_EXT)

HMI Name BCCH_EXTParameter Name

Logical Name BCCH_EXT

Definition This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH.

Coding rules 0: false, 1:true

Mandatory rules -BCCH_EXT cannot be set to true if the associated BTS is anon-Evolium one.-When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true.-When EN_VGCS is disabled :. if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1-When EN_VGCS is enabled :. If BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >=NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS. if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS

Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLYrecommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequencybands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Radio Channel Config / TRX Configuration

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 185 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.53 (BS_AG_BLKS_RES) - (BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC))

HMI Name BS_AG_BLKS_RESParameter Name

Logical Name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC)

Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel(AGCH).

Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7)

Mandatory rules -BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a givencell-when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell,BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0-When EN_VGCS is disabled :. if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1-When EN_VGCS is enabled :. If BCCH_EXT = false , then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >=NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS. if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel

External Comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

186 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.54 (BS_P_CON_ACK) - (BS_P_CON_ACK)

HMI Name BS_P_CON_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name BS_P_CON_ACK

Definition Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure.

Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

2 x Samfr 0 31 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment –

Single 3

Umbrella 3

Concentric 3

Concentric Umbrella 3

Microcell 2

Minicell 3

Extended inner cell 3

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 3

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 187 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.55 (BS_P_CON_INT) - (BS_P_CON_INT)

HMI Name BS_P_CON_INTParameter Name

Logical Name BS_P_CON_INT

Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands.

Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

2 x Samfr 0 31 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment –

Single 1

Umbrella 1

Concentric 1

Concentric Umbrella 1

Microcell 0

Minicell 1

Extended inner cell 1

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 1

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

188 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.56 (BS_PA_MFRMS) - (BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC))

HMI Name BS_PA_MFRMSParameter Name

Logical Name BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC)

Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrencesof a Paging Group.

Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9)

Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 2 9 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel

External Comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumptionis.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 189 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.57 (BS_TXPWR_MAX) - (BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC))

When a cell is shared, the BS_TX_POWER_MAX andBS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNER powers must always be defined against theactual physical power of the main sector. If the actual power of the secondarysector is lower than the actual power of the main sector, the operator has toadjust the values of BS_TX_POWER_MAX and BS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNERto avoid requiring too high an output power than is actually available.

HMI Name BS_TXPWR_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC)

Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximumGMSK output power of the BTS.

Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB

Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MINEqual to BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -30 0 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively tothe BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardwarelimitation).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

190 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.58 (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER) - (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC))

When a cell is shared, the BS_TX_POWER_MAX andBS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNER powers must always be defined against theactual physical power of the main sector. If the actual power of the secondarysector is lower than the actual power of the main sector, the operator has toadjust the values of BS_TX_POWER_MAX and BS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNERto avoid requiring too high an output power than is actually available.

HMI Name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNERParameter Name

Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC)

Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximumGMSK output power of the TRX of the inner zone in a concentricor multi-band cell.

Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB

Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (MFS) andBS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -30 0 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively tothe BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardwarelimitation).

Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 191 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric #

Concentric Umbrella #

Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

192 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.59 (BS_TXPWR_MIN) - (BS_TXPWR_MIN)

HMI Name BS_TXPWR_MINParameter Name

Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MIN

Definition BTS minimum allowed transmission power.

Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB

Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MIN <= BS_TXPWR_MAXBS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -30 0 -24

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 193 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.60 (BSC Primary X25 Address) - (BSC_X25_primary_address)

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 AddressParameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address

Definition BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem OMC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 *

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

194 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.61 (BSC Primary X25 Address [1]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [1]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1]

Definition First character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 195 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.62 (BSC Primary X25 Address [10]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i[10])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [10]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10]

Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

196 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.63 (BSC Primary X25 Address [11]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i[11])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [11]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [11]

Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 197 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.64 (BSC Primary X25 Address [12]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i[12])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [12]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [12]

Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

198 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.65 (BSC Primary X25 Address [13]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i[13])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [13]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [13]

Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 199 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.66 (BSC Primary X25 Address [14]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i[14])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [14]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [14]

Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

200 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.67 (BSC Primary X25 Address [15]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i[15])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [15]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [15]

Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 201 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.68 (BSC Primary X25 Address [2]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [2])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [2]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [2]

Definition Second character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

202 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.69 (BSC Primary X25 Address [3]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [3])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [3]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [3]

Definition Third character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 203 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.70 (BSC Primary X25 Address [4]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [4])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [4]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [4]

Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

204 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.71 (BSC Primary X25 Address [5]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [5])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [5]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [5]

Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 205 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.72 (BSC Primary X25 Address [6]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [6])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [6]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [6]

Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

206 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.73 (BSC Primary X25 Address [7]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [7])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [7]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [7]

Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 207 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.74 (BSC Primary X25 Address [8]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [8])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [8]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [8]

Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

208 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.75 (BSC Primary X25 Address [9]) - (BSC_X25_primary_address_i [9])

HMI Name BSC Primary X25 Address [9]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [9]

Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 209 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.76 (BSC Secondary X25 Address) - (BSC_X25_secondary_address)

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 AddressParameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address

Definition BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem OMC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 *

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

210 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.77 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [1]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [1]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1]

Definition First character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 211 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.78 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [10]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [10])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [10]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [10]

Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

212 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.79 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [11]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [11])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [11]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [11]

Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 213 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.80 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [12]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [12])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [12]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [12]

Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

214 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.81 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [13]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [13])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [13]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [13]

Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 215 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.82 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [14]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [14])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [14]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [14]

Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

216 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.83 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [15]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [15])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [15]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [15]

Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 217 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.84 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [2]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [2])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [2]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [2]

Definition Second character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

218 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.85 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [3]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [3])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [3]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [3]

Definition Third character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 219 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.86 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [4]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [4])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [4]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [4]

Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

220 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.87 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [5]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [5])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [5]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [5]

Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 221 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.88 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [6]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [6])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [6]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [6]

Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

222 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.89 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [7]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [7])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [7]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [7]

Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 223 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.90 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [8]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [8])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [8]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [8]

Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

224 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.91 (BSC Secondary X25 Address [9]) -(BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [9])

HMI Name BSC Secondary X25 Address [9]Parameter Name

Logical Name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [9]

Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: OAM RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN Management / Add a BSS

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 225 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.92 (BSC Signalling Point Code) - (OPC)

HMI Name BSC Signalling Point CodeParameter Name

Logical Name OPC

Definition Signalling Point Code of the BSC.

Coding rules coded over 14 bits

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 16383 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: EML RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access BSS parameters / A interface info

External Comment Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC for adressing theBSC.Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

226 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.93 (BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND) - (BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND)

HMI Name BSC_EN_RF_RES_INDParameter Name

Logical Name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND

Definition Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing bythe BSC.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 227 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.94 (BSIC) - (BSIC (GSM))

HMI Name BSICParameter Name

Logical Name BSIC (GSM)

Definition Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Abstract

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None # # #

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

228 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.95 (BTS_Queue_Length) - (BTS_Q_LENGTH)

HMI Name BTS_Queue_LengthParameter Name

Logical Name BTS_Q_LENGTH

Definition Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requeststhat can be queued simultaneously.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 64 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

4 4 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 229 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.96 (CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT) - (RE)

HMI Name CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENTParameter Name

Logical Name RE

Definition This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in thecell.

Coding rules 0: allowed, 1: not allowed

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

230 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.97 (Call_User_Data_Selector) - (Call_user_data_sel)

HMI Name Call_User_Data_SelectorParameter Name

Logical Name Call_user_data_sel

Definition Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection.

Coding rules 0 to 16 bytes string

Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here isfor implementation purposes.Each byte of the string can get a value in the range [0..255].

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 231 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.98 (Candidate cell priority) - (PRIORITY(0,n))

HMI Name Candidate cell priorityParameter Name

Logical Name PRIORITY(0,n)

Definition Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process.

Coding rules 0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 5 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

232 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.99 (CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION) -(CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION)

HMI Name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITIONParameter Name

Logical Name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the servingcell to trigger a "general capture" handover.

Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 2 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 233 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.100 (CBC Primary X25 Address) - (CBC_X25_primary_address)

HMI Name CBC Primary X25 AddressParameter Name

Logical Name CBC_X25_primary_address

Definition CBC X25 primary address.

Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: changeable RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN management/Modify Peer Entities

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

234 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.101 (CBC Secondary X25 Address) - (CBC_X25_secondary_address)

HMI Name CBC Secondary X25 AddressParameter Name

Logical Name CBC_X25_secondary_address

Definition CBC X25 secondary address.

Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string

Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: changeable RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access DCN management/Modify Peer Entities

External Comment The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 235 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.102 (CBC_Operator) - (Operator)

HMI Name CBC_OperatorParameter Name

Logical Name Operator

Definition Identifies the CBC operator.

Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by theOMC on the OMC/BSC interface . BSC performs the padding ofOMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded spacecharacters from the retrieved BSC value.

Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

236 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.103 (CBC_Password) - (Password)

HMI Name CBC_PasswordParameter Name

Logical Name Password

Definition CBC password.

Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by theOMC on the OMC/BSC interface. BSC performs the padding of OMCstring with space characters on the right side of the string until 20bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded spacecharacters from the retrieved BSC value.

Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 237 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.104 (CBC_Window) - (CBC_window)

HMI Name CBC_WindowParameter Name

Logical Name CBC_window

Definition Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBCinterface for both incoming and outgoing primitives.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabledshall be set to "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 3 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking

External Comment Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1.If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should be set to 3.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

238 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.105 (CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD) - (RACHRT)

HMI Name CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name RACHRT

Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOADINDICATION messages.

Coding rules step size=1 (51mfr)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

51mfr 1 255 255

Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 239 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.106 (CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PERIOD) - (RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER)

HMI Name CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER

Definition Period over which CCCH load measurements are made.

Coding rules step size=1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

51mfr 1 255 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

240 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.107 (cell Identity (CI)) - (CI (BSC))

HMI Name cell Identity (CI)Parameter Name

Logical Name CI (BSC)

Definition Cell Identity.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same timeEqual to CI (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 65535 65535

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description ( + Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 241 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.108 (Cell Type) - (Cell_Type)

HMI Name Cell TypeParameter Name

Logical Name Cell_Type

Definition Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE,CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, CELL_RANGE. Used for cell defaultparameter template.

Coding rules Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), UmbrellaConcentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Extended Outer (7),Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), IndoorConcentric(11)

Mandatory rules - EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled whenCELL_TYPE is equal to "Extended inner" or "Extended outer".A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall havethe same LAC (respectively RAC when they are PS capable).- The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric"cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is"PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does notapply to the external cells.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Abstract

SubSystem OMC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None * * #

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes:SEL/PAG/RRM/HPC/HOC/DIR/GPR

Parameter Access Create Cell(+ External OMC cell information)

External Comment *: possible values are:- Single- Umbrella- Umbrella Concentric- Micro- Mini- Micro Concentric- Mini Concentric- Indoor- Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI)- Extended Inner- Extended Outer

242 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 243 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.109 (CELL_BAR_QUALIFY) - (CELL_BAR_QUALIFY)

HMI Name CELL_BAR_QUALIFYParameter Name

Logical Name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY

Definition Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection.

Coding rules 0: normal priority, 1: low priority

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

244 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.110 (CELL_EVALUATION) - (CELL_EV)

HMI Name CELL_EVALUATIONParameter Name

Logical Name CELL_EV

Definition Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell.

Coding rules 0: Order, 1: Grade

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment –

Single grade (1)

Umbrella grade (1)

Concentric grade (1)

Concentric Umbrella grade (1)

Microcell order (0)

Minicell grade (1)

Extended inner cell grade (1)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell grade (1)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 245 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.111 (CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) -(CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS)

HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESISParameter Name

Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

Definition Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in adifferent location area or, for a GPRS MS, in a different routing area,or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state.

Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 14 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection

External Comment If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via theprovisioning context of the OMC.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

246 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.112 (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET) - (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(BSC))

HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSETParameter Name

Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC)

Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion.

Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB)

Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 126 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 247 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.113 (CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND) -(CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND)

HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_INDParameter Name

Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND

Definition Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion arebroadcast.

Coding rules 0: not present, 1: present

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

248 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.114 (Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1) - (BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1))

HMI Name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1Parameter Name

Logical Name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1)

Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order.

Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to anencryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.

Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for twodifferent priorities

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type List of numbers

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 2 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Ciphering

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 249 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.115 (Ciphering Algorithms Priority 2) - (BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2))

HMI Name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 2Parameter Name

Logical Name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2)

Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order.

Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to anencryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 for A5/7.

Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for twodifferent priorities

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type List of numbers

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 2 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

250 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.116 (ciphering capabilities) - (BTS_CIPH_CAP)

HMI Name ciphering capabilitiesParameter Name

Logical Name BTS_CIPH_CAP

Definition List of flags indicating what are the BTS ciphering capabilities.

Coding rules Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if correspondingencryption algorithm is supported.bit 1 (LSB) : no encryption. bit 2 : A5/1. bit 3 : A5/2...bit 8 : A5/7. bitx =0: encryption not supported. bit x =1: encryption supported

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BTS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed(EML) RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Create/Modify/Copy/Move BTS / Additional information

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 251 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.117 (Circuit Identity Code) - (CIC)

HMI Name Circuit Identity CodeParameter Name

Logical Name CIC

Definition Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit.

Coding rules Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits =TS number

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance A ch

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 65535 65535

Modifiable OMC Changes: displayed(EML) RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access BSS parameters / A interface info

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

252 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.118 (DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN) - (DELTA_DEC_HO_margin)

HMI Name DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGINParameter Name

Logical Name DELTA_DEC_HO_margin

Definition Correction factor favouring handover cause "Power budget" whentraffic is high in the serving cell and low in neighbour cell(s).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 24 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Single 5 dB (5)

Umbrella 5 dB (5)

Concentric 5 dB (5)

Concentric Umbrella 5 dB (5)

Microcell 4 dB (4)

Minicell 5 dB (5)

Extended inner cell 5 dB (5)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 5 dB (5)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 253 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.119 (DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN) - (DELTA_INC_HO_margin)

HMI Name DELTA_INC_HO_MARGINParameter Name

Logical Name DELTA_INC_HO_margin

Definition Correction factor penalizing handover cause "Power budget" whentraffic is low in the serving cell and high in neighbour cell(s).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 24 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Single 5 dB (5)

Umbrella 5 dB (5)

Concentric 5 dB (5)

Concentric Umbrella 5 dB (5)

Microcell 4 dB (4)

Minicell 5 dB (5)

Extended inner cell 5 dB (5)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 5 dB (5)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

254 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.120 (Directed_Retry) - (EN_DR)

HMI Name Directed_RetryParameter Name

Logical Name EN_DR

Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: DIR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 255 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.121 (Downlink DTX) - (DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE)

HMI Name Downlink DTXParameter Name

Logical Name DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE

Definition This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls.

Coding rules 0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

256 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.122 (DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR)

HMI Name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FRParameter Name

Logical Name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR

Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR FRspeech calls.

Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 257 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.123 (DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR)

HMI Name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HRParameter Name

Logical Name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR

Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR HRspeech calls.

Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

258 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.124 (DOWNLINK_DTX_HR) - (Downlink_DTX_enable_HR)

HMI Name DOWNLINK_DTX_HRParameter Name

Logical Name Downlink_DTX_enable_HR

Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speechcalls.

Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 259 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.125 (DTX_FR_INDICATOR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_FR)

HMI Name DTX_FR_INDICATORParameter Name

Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_FR

Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Appliesfor all codecs types except AMR.

Coding rules coding rules : 0: MS May Use DTX for FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX forFR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for FR

Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR /DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR):may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not,shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not.The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR= shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem OMC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 2 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Description

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

260 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.126 (DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR)

HMI Name DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMRParameter Name

Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR

Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only forAMR FR.

Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR FR,2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR FR

Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR /DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR):may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not,shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not.The only combination that is NOT allowed is:DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not andDTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem OMC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 2 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Description

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 261 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.127 (DTX_HR_INDICATOR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_HR)

HMI Name DTX_HR_INDICATORParameter Name

Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_HR

Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for allcodecs types except AMR.

Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MSshall not use DTX for HR

Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR /DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR):may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not,shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not.The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR= shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem OMC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 2 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Description

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

262 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.128 (DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR) - (DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR)

HMI Name DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMRParameter Name

Logical Name DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR

Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only forAMR HR.

Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR HR,2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR HR

Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR /DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR):may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not,shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not.The only combination that is NOT allowed is:DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not andDTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem OMC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 2 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Description

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 263 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.129 (DWELL_TIME_STEP) - (DWELL_TIME_STEP)

HMI Name DWELL_TIME_STEPParameter Name

Logical Name DWELL_TIME_STEP

Definition Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) ofMIN_DWELL_TIME.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 30 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

264 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.130 (EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE) - (EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE)

HMI Name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSEParameter Name

Logical Name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE

Definition This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENTFAILURE sent in case of External Directed Retry.

Coding rules coded over 8 bits

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 127 13

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 265 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.131 (EDR_MSG_ORDER) - (EDR_MSG_ORDER)

HMI Name EDR_MSG_ORDERParameter Name

Logical Name EDR_MSG_ORDER

Definition This parameter determines the order of transmission ofASSIGNMENT FAILURE and HANDOVER REQUIRED on the Ainterface in case of an External Directed Retry.

Coding rules 0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

266 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.132 (EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED) - (EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED)

HMI Name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINEDParameter Name

Logical Name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED

Definition This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintainedin queue during External Directed Retry attempt.

Coding rules 0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 267 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.133 (EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL) - (EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL)

HMI Name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAILParameter Name

Logical Name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL

Definition This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to theMSC in case of External Directed Retry.

Coding rules 0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

268 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.134 (EFR_ENABLED) - (EFR_ENABLED)

HMI Name EFR_ENABLEDParameter Name

Logical Name EFR_ENABLED

Definition This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR)is allowed in the cell.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 269 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.135 (EMERGENCY_CALL) - (EC)

HMI Name EMERGENCY_CALLParameter Name

Logical Name EC

Definition Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes oronly for access classes 11 to 15.

Coding rules 0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

270 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.136 (EN_AMR_CA) - (EN_AMR_CA)

HMI Name EN_AMR_CAParameter Name

Logical Name EN_AMR_CA

Definition This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR channel adaptation(Handover Causes 26 and 27).

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 ANDEN_AMR_HR=1}

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 271 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.137 (EN_AMR_FR) - (EN_AMR_FR)

HMI Name EN_AMR_FRParameter Name

Logical Name EN_AMR_FR

Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR full rate is allowed in the cell.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

272 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.138 (EN_AMR_HR) - (EN_AMR_HR)

HMI Name EN_AMR_HRParameter Name

Logical Name EN_AMR_HR

Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR half rate is allowed in the cell.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 273 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.139 (EN_BALANCED_CI) - (EN_BALANCED_CI)

HMI Name EN_BALANCED_CIParameter Name

Logical Name EN_BALANCED_CI

Definition This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure.

Coding rules 0:disable, 1: enable

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X / Description

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

274 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.140 (EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO) - (EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO)

HMI Name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "too high level in outerzone" handover cause (cause 13).

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric enable (1)

Concentric Umbrella enable (1)

Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 275 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.141 (EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)) - (EN_BI-BAND_MS(n))

HMI Name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)Parameter Name

Logical Name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n)

Definition This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSsfrom the preferred band.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control (+ Edit Externalcell / circuit1/2)

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

276 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.142 (EN_BS_PC) - (EN_BS_PC)

HMI Name EN_BS_PCParameter Name

Logical Name EN_BS_PC

Definition This flag enables/disables BS Power Control.

Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 277 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.143 (EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP) - (EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP)

HMI Name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUPParameter Name

Logical Name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP

Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

278 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.144 (EN_DIST_HO) - (EN_DIST_HO)

HMI Name EN_DIST_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_DIST_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "distance" handovercause (cause 6).

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Distance

External Comment –

Single enable (1)

Umbrella enable (1)

Concentric enable (1)

Concentric Umbrella enable (1)

Microcell disable (0)

Minicell enable (1)

Extended inner cell enable (1)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell enable (1)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 279 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.145 (EN_EDR) - (EN_EXT_DR)

HMI Name EN_EDRParameter Name

Logical Name EN_EXT_DR

Definition This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retryprocedure.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT isset to enable.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / External Direct retry

External Comment For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whetheror not the external target cells (towards which the directed retryis triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to setRESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is enabled in order to get a HandoverReject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congestedand thus to attempt other procedures.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

280 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.146 (EN_EXT_MEAS_REP) - (EN_EXT_MEAS_REP)

HMI Name EN_EXT_MEAS_REPParameter Name

Logical Name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP

Definition This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting forMobile Assisted Frequency Allocation.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / RMS & MAFA

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 281 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.147 (EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO) - (EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO)

HMI Name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / General HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

282 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.148 (EN_FORCED_DR) - (EN_FORCED_DR)

HMI Name EN_FORCED_DRParameter Name

Logical Name EN_FORCED_DR

Definition This flag enables/disables the "Forced Directed Retry" handovercause detection.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 283 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.149 (EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO) - (EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO)

HMI Name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "general capture"handover cause (cause 24).

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and Multiband HO ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

284 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.150 (EN_IMM_ASS_REJ) - (EN_IM_ASS_REJ)

HMI Name EN_IMM_ASS_REJParameter Name

Logical Name EN_IM_ASS_REJ

Definition This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedureis enabled.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment This parameter is only valid for circuit switched traffic. For packettraffic (GPRS or EGPRS) sending of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENTREJECT messages cannot be disabled.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 285 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.151 (EN_INCOMING_HO) - (EN_IC_HO)

HMI Name EN_INCOMING_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_IC_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

286 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.152 (EN_INTERBAND_HO) - (EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH)

HMI Name EN_INTERBAND_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH

Definition This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering thesending of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 287 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.153 (EN_INTRA_DL) - (EN_INTRA_DL)

HMI Name EN_INTRA_DLParameter Name

Logical Name EN_INTRA_DL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell downlink"handover cause (cause 16) for non AMR calls.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

288 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.154 (EN_INTRA_DL_AMR) - (EN_INTRA_DL_AMR)

HMI Name EN_INTRA_DL_AMRParameter Name

Logical Name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell downlink"handover cause (cause 16) for AMR calls.

Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover whenfrequency hopping is applied

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 289 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.155 (EN_INTRA_UL) - (EN_INTRA_UL)

HMI Name EN_INTRA_ULParameter Name

Logical Name EN_INTRA_UL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell uplink" handovercause (cause 15) for non AMR calls.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

290 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.156 (EN_INTRA_UL_AMR) - (EN_INTRA_UL_AMR)

HMI Name EN_INTRA_UL_AMRParameter Name

Logical Name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell uplink" handovercause (cause 15) for AMR calls.

Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover whenfrequency hopping is applied

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 291 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.157 (EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED) - (EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED)

HMI Name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATEDParameter Name

Logical Name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED

Definition This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handoverattempts.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

292 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.158 (EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE) - (EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE)

HMI Name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPEParameter Name

Logical Name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE

Definition This Flag enables/disables the support of the "preferred codec"algorithm for TFO.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 293 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.159 (EN_LOAD_BALANCE) - (EN_LOAD_BALANCE)

HMI Name EN_LOAD_BALANCEParameter Name

Logical Name EN_LOAD_BALANCE

Definition Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner andouter zone of a multiband cell.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both"Enabled".

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell /HO Parameters / Hierarchical & Multiband HO Control

External Comment EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if EN_BETTER_ZONE_HOis enabled

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric disable (0)

Concentric Umbrella disable (0)

Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

294 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.160 (EN_LOAD_ORDER) - (EN_LOAD_ORDER)

HMI Name EN_LOAD_ORDERParameter Name

Logical Name EN_LOAD_ORDER

Definition This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken intoaccount when setting up the list of target cells.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 295 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.161 (EN_MA_SELECTION) - (EN_MA_SELECTION)

HMI Name EN_MA_SELECTIONParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MA_SELECTION

Definition This flag enables/disables channel selection according to MobileAllocation criterion.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

296 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.162 (EN_MCHO_H_DL) - (EN_MCHO_H_DL)

HMI Name EN_MCHO_H_DLParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MCHO_H_DL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "level downlink micro-cell"handover cause (cause 18).

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control

External Comment –

Single disable (0) *

Umbrella disable (0) *

Concentric disable (0) *

Concentric Umbrella disable (0) *

Microcell enable (1)

Minicell disable (0) *

Extended inner cell disable (0) *

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell disable (0) *

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 297 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.163 (EN_MCHO_H_UL) - (EN_MCHO_H_UL)

HMI Name EN_MCHO_H_ULParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MCHO_H_UL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "level uplink mirco-cell "handover cause (cause 17).

Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Lower Layer HO Control

External Comment –

Single disable (0) *

Umbrella disable (0) *

Concentric disable (0) *

Concentric Umbrella disable (0) *

Microcell enable (1)

Minicell disable (0) *

Extended inner cell disable (0) *

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell disable (0) *

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

298 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.164 (EN_MCHO_NCELL) - (EN_MCHO_NCELL)

HMI Name EN_MCHO_NCELLParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MCHO_NCELL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "high level in neighbourlower or indoor cell" handover cause (cause 14).

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoorlayer.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl

External Comment –

Single disable (0) *

Umbrella enable (1)

Concentric disable (0) *

Concentric Umbrella enable (1)

Microcell disable (0)

Minicell disable (0)

Extended inner cell disable (0) *

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell disable (0) *

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 299 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.165 (EN_MCHO_RESCUE) - (EN_MCHO_RESCUE)

HMI Name EN_MCHO_RESCUEParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MCHO_RESCUE

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "consecutive bad SACCHframes" handover cause (cause 7).

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control

External Comment –

Single disable (0) *

Umbrella disable (0) *

Concentric disable (0) *

Concentric Umbrella disable (0) *

Microcell enable (1)

Minicell disable (0) *

Extended inner cell disable (0) *

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell disable (0) *

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

300 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.166 (EN_MS_PC) - (EN_MS_PC)

HMI Name EN_MS_PCParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MS_PC

Definition This flag enables/disables MS Power Control.

Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 301 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.167 (EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO) - (EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO)

HMI Name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12and the traffic handovers Cause 23 between cells belonging todifferent frequency bands.

Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

302 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.168 (EN_PBGT_FILTERING) - (EN_PBGT_FILTERING)

HMI Name EN_PBGT_FILTERINGParameter Name

Logical Name EN_PBGT_FILTERING

Definition This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells onHO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL criterion.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules This parameter must be set to disabled in case of extended cell

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment –

Single enable (1)

Umbrella enable (1)

Concentric enable (1)

Concentric Umbrella enable (1)

Microcell disable (0)

Minicell enable (1)

Extended inner cell disable (0)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell disable (0)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous releaseIn case of extended cell, the parameter is set todisabled

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 303 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.169 (EN_PBGT_HO) - (EN_PBGT_HO)

HMI Name EN_PBGT_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_PBGT_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "power budget" handovercause (cause 12).

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

304 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.170 (EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO) - (EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO)

HMI Name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (highlevel in neighbour cell in the preferred band).

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 305 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.171 (EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING) - (EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING)

HMI Name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERINGParameter Name

Logical Name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING

Definition This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n)in the candidate cell evaluation process.

Coding rules 0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken intoaccount

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

306 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.172 (EN_RADIOLINK_RECOVERY) - (EN_RL_RECOV)

HMI Name EN_RADIOLINK_RECOVERYParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RL_RECOV

Definition This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / Radio Link Supervision

External Comment –

Single enable (1)

Umbrella enable (1)

Concentric enable (1)

Concentric Umbrella enable (1)

Microcell enable (1)

Minicell enable (1)

Extended inner cell enable (1)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell enable (1)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 307 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.173 (EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA) - (EN_RESCUE_UM)

HMI Name EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLAParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RESCUE_UM

Definition This flag determines if emergency handovers are directedpreferentially to umbrella cells.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 2 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A

Concentric Umbrella N/A

Microcell enable (1)

Minicell disable (0)

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

308 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.174 (EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO) - (EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO)

HMI Name EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO

Definition Flag enabling the intracell handovers allowing to move TCH from thePS zone to the CS zone of PDCH/TCH allocation

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 309 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.175 (EN_RXLEV_DL) - (EN_RXLEV_DL)

HMI Name EN_RXLEV_DLParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RXLEV_DL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "level downlink" handovercause (cause 5).

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

310 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.176 (EN_RXLEV_UL) - (EN_RXLEV_UL)

HMI Name EN_RXLEV_ULParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RXLEV_UL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "level uplink" handovercause (cause 3).

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 311 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.177 (EN_RXQUAL_DL) - (EN_RXQUAL_DL)

HMI Name EN_RXQUAL_DLParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RXQUAL_DL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "quality downlink"handover cause (cause 4).

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

312 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.178 (EN_RXQUAL_UL) - (EN_RXQUAL_UL)

HMI Name EN_RXQUAL_ULParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RXQUAL_UL

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "quality uplink" handovercause (cause 2).

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 313 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.179 (EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE) - (EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE)

HMI Name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODEParameter Name

Logical Name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE

Definition This flag controls "Current channel" OIE inclusion in HANDOVERREQUIRED.

Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

314 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.180 (EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER) - (EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER)

HMI Name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VERParameter Name

Logical Name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER

Definition This flag controls "Speech version (used)" OIE inclusion inHANDOVER REQUIRED.

Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 315 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.181 (EN_SOLSA) - (EN_SOLSA)

HMI Name EN_SOLSAParameter Name

Logical Name EN_SOLSA

Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

316 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.182 (EN_SOLSA) - (EN_SOLSA(n))

HMI Name EN_SOLSAParameter Name

Logical Name EN_SOLSA(n)

Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit External Cell / Circuit 2/2

External Comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configurethe value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameteris autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is anOMC internal cell.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 317 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.183 (EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION) - (EN_SPEED_DISC)

HMI Name EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATIONParameter Name

Logical Name EN_SPEED_DISC

Definition This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl

External Comment –

Single disable (0) *

Umbrella disable (0)

Concentric disable (0) *

Concentric Umbrella disable (0)

Microcell disable (0)

Minicell disable (0)

Extended inner cell disable (0) *

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell disable (0) *

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

318 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.184 (EN_TCH_PREEMPT) - (EN_TCH_PREEMPT)

HMI Name EN_TCH_PREEMPTParameter Name

Logical Name EN_TCH_PREEMPT

Definition This flag enables/disables the TCH/VGCH pre-emption feature. Ifenabled, a point-to-point or voice group call with the pvi (pre-emptionvulnerability indication) bit set might be pre-empted for a point-to-pointor voice group call that has the pci (pre-emption capability indication)bit set if the concerned cell is in congestion state.

Coding rules 0:disabled, 1:enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules - EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT isset to enable.- If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to setEN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value ofMIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Gen. Timers & Proc.

External Comment In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for emergencyhandovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in the concerned cell,the BSC will first try to use one of these resources before actuallyreleasing an ongoing call with lower priority and the pvi bit set.In case the cell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is enabled andthe MSC does not allow the queing, the BSC will queue an incomingpoint-to-point request with pre-emption capability indicator set duringat most T11_forced seconds for a normal assignment or during atmost T_qho seconds for an handover request. For the voice groupcall request, the BSC will follow the MSC indicator.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 319 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.185 (EN_TFO) - (EN_TFO)

HMI Name EN_TFOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_TFO

Definition This flag enables/ disables TFO function.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled

Mandatory rules May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_MATCH = 0

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

320 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.186 (EN_TFO_MATCH) - (EN_TFO_MATCH)

HMI Name EN_TFO_MATCHParameter Name

Logical Name EN_TFO_MATCH

Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled

Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_OPT = 0

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 321 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.187 (EN_TFO_OPT) - (EN_TFO_OPT)

HMI Name EN_TFO_OPTParameter Name

Logical Name EN_TFO_OPT

Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled

Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

322 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.188 (EN_TRAFFIC_HO) - (EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n))

HMI Name EN_TRAFFIC_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n)

Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of "traffic" handover cause(cause 23).

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies

External Comment As the traffic load of cells external to the BSC is unknown,no HO cause 23 will be triggered towards these cells, even ifEN_TRAFFIC_HO = 1.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 323 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.189 (EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT) - (EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT)

HMI Name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUITParameter Name

Logical Name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT

Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUITmessage.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

324 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.190 (EXT_HO_FORCED) - (EXT_HO_FORCED)

HMI Name EXT_HO_FORCEDParameter Name

Logical Name EXT_HO_FORCED

Definition This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executedas external HO.

Coding rules 0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 325 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.191 (Extended CBCH) - (Use_of_Extended_CBCH)

HMI Name Extended CBCHParameter Name

Logical Name Use_of_Extended_CBCH

Definition This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used.

Coding rules 0: not used, 1: used

Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive"

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB

External Comment Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1.If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, Use_of_Extended_CBCH shouldbe set to "Yes".

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

326 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.192 (FORBID_AMR_NS) - (FORBID_AMR_NS)

HMI Name FORBID_AMR_NSParameter Name

Logical Name FORBID_AMR_NS

Definition Flag to forbid / allow AMR noise suppressor in the MS.

Coding rules 0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / AMR

External Comment Significant only if EN_AMR_FR or EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 327 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.193 (FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F) - (FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F)

HMI Name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_FParameter Name

Logical Name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F

Definition Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX.

Coding rules 0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL onnon-hopping BCCH TRX is forbidden

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General timers and procedures

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

328 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.194 (Force TFO versus AMR) - (FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR)

HMI Name Force TFO versus AMRParameter Name

Logical Name FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR

Definition Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation(TFO) for GSM FR SV1, FR SV2 and HR SV1 codec types when thecurrent codec is AMR FR or AMR HR.

Coding rules 0: disabled (no TFO negotiation if AMR used); 1: enabled (TFOnegotiation will start even if AMR used)

Mandatory rules FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR = 1) OR(EN_AMR_HR = 1)

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 329 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.195 (Forced_Queuing) - (QUEUE_ANYWAY)

HMI Name Forced_QueuingParameter Name

Logical Name QUEUE_ANYWAY

Definition This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requestswhen queuing is not allowed by the MSC.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

330 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.196 (Forward_CM_3) - (EN_SEND_CM3)

HMI Name Forward_CM_3Parameter Name

Logical Name EN_SEND_CM3

Definition This flag enables/disables sending of "Classmark 3" IE to the MSC.

Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled

Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 atthe same time.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment The value of this parameter depends on whether the MSC supportsthe MS classmark 3 IE or not: if the MSC supports the MS classmark3 IE then the parameter shall be set to "1", otherwise the parametershall be set to "0".

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 331 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.197 (Free_Factor_1) - (Freefactor_1)

HMI Name Free_Factor_1Parameter Name

Logical Name Freefactor_1

Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take intoaccount the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -16 16 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

332 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.198 (Free_Factor_2) - (Freefactor_2)

HMI Name Free_Factor_2Parameter Name

Logical Name Freefactor_2

Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take intoaccount the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -16 16 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 333 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.199 (Free_Factor_3) - (Freefactor_3)

HMI Name Free_Factor_3Parameter Name

Logical Name Freefactor_3

Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take intoaccount the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -16 16 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

334 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.200 (Free_Factor_4) - (Freefactor_4)

HMI Name Free_Factor_4Parameter Name

Logical Name Freefactor_4

Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take intoaccount the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4 <= Freefactor_5

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -16 16 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 335 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.201 (Free_Factor_5) - (Freefactor_5)

HMI Name Free_Factor_5Parameter Name

Logical Name Freefactor_5

Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take intoaccount the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freefactor_5 >= Freefactor_4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -16 16 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

336 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.202 (Free_Level_1) - (Freelevel_1)

HMI Name Free_Level_1Parameter Name

Logical Name Freelevel_1

Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor ofthe cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 337 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.203 (Free_Level_2) - (Freelevel_2)

HMI Name Free_Level_2Parameter Name

Logical Name Freelevel_2

Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor ofthe cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

2 3 5 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 16 17

338 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.204 (Free_Level_3) - (Freelevel_3)

HMI Name Free_Level_3Parameter Name

Logical Name Freelevel_3

Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor ofthe cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

4 7 10 12 14 17 20 23 26 28 31 34

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 339 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.205 (Free_Level_4) - (Freelevel_4)

HMI Name Free_Level_4Parameter Name

Logical Name Freelevel_4

Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor ofthe cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

6 9 12 15 21 26 30 34 38 42 47 51

340 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.206 (Free_Level_DR) - (Freelevel_DR(n))

HMI Name Free_Level_DRParameter Name

Logical Name Freelevel_DR(n)

Definition Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forceddirected retry to cell n.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: DIR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry (+ Edit External cell /circuit1/2)

External Comment –

Single See TRXnb

Umbrella See TRXnb

Concentric See TRXnb

Concentric Umbrella See TRXnb

Microcell See TRXnb

Minicell See TRXnb

Extended inner cell 255 *

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 255 *

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 341 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

342 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.207 (FREQUENCY_RANGE) - (FREQUENCY_RANGE)

HMI Name FREQUENCY_RANGEParameter Name

Logical Name FREQUENCY_RANGE

Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell.

Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4:PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: forfuture use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provisionfor future frequency bands support.

Mandatory rules - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" thenCELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric" .- The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric"cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is"PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does notapply to the external cells.- In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM" or"EGSM-DCS1800", the BCCH ARFCN belonging tothe G1 band may be selected by the operator, only ifEGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells,only in the outer zone. These restrictions do not apply to externalcells.- The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the sameas the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell,where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging tothe same frequency range.

The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting ofFREQUENCY_RANGE and PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDSparameters:- At cell creation- When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified.However, no check is performed when thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified.

Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGEparameter are allowed depending on the value of thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter:- FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)"or "DCS1800" or "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800" if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800bands",- FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1800" if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800bands",- FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1900" if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900bands",- FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM(GSM900)" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is setto "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands".

Recommended rules –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 343 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 6 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes:SEL/PAG/RRM/HPC/HOC/DIR/GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell / circuit1/2)

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

344 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.208 (FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)) - (FREQUENCY_RANGE(n))

HMI Name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)Parameter Name

Logical Name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)

Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell.

Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4:PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: forfuture use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provisionfor future frequency bands support.

Mandatory rules - If FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" thenCELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric".- The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric"cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is"PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does notapply to the external cells.- In a cell where FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM" or"EGSM-DCS1800", the BCCH ARFCN belonging tothe G1 band may be selected by the operator, only ifEGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY<>0, and, for the concentric cells,only in the outer zone. These restrictions do not apply to externalcells.- The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the sameas the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell,where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging tothe same frequency range.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 6 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit external cell / circuit 1/2

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 345 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

External Comment Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of agiven cell shall be selected among one of the following values:- PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 andDCS1800 bands",- GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to"GSM850 and DCS1800 bands",- GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to"GSM850 and DCS1900 bands.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

346 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.209 (GSM_PHASE) - (GSM_PHASE)

HMI Name GSM_PHASEParameter Name

Logical Name GSM_PHASE

Definition This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to formatmessages towards the MSC.

Coding rules 0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 347 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.210 (H_LOAD_OBJ) - (H_LOAD_OBJ)

HMI Name H_LOAD_OBJParameter Name

Logical Name H_LOAD_OBJ

Definition High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduceMIN_DWELL_TIME variable.

Coding rules step size = 10%

Mandatory rules H_LOAD_OBJ >= L_LOAD_OBJ

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 80

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella See TRXnb

Concentric N/A

Concentric Umbrella See TRXnb

Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

348 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 349 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.211 (H_MIN_DWELL_TIME) - (H_MIN_DWELL_TIME)

HMI Name H_MIN_DWELL_TIMEParameter Name

Logical Name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME

Definition Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules H_MIN_DWELL_TIME >= L_MIN_DWELL_TIME

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 120 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

350 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.212 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P1) -(AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1))

HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P1Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1)

Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order.

Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10(EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (accessclass 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14(access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 10 15 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 351 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.213 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P2) -(AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2))

HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P2Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2)

Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order.

Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (accessclass 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14(access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 10 15 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

352 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.214 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P3) -(AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=3))

HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P3Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=3)

Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order.

Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (accessclass 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14(access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 10 15 14

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 353 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.215 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P4) -(AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=4))

HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P4Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=4)

Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order.

Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (accessclass 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14(access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 10 15 13

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

354 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.216 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P5) -(AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=5))

HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P5Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=5)

Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order.

Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (accessclass 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14(access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 10 15 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 355 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.217 (High Priority Access Class Ordering P6) -(AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=6))

HMI Name High Priority Access Class Ordering P6Parameter Name

Logical Name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=6)

Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order.

Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (accessclass 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14(access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 10 15 11

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

356 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.218 (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

HMI Name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOADParameter Name

Logical Name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuitswitched calls.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 80

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell (see TRXnbdefault value). The value indicated here is for implementationpurposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 357 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.219 (Highest BA range ARFCNs) - (RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13))

HMI Name Highest BA range ARFCNsParameter Name

Logical Name RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13)

Definition Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in "BA Range" InformationElement.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None -1 1023 -1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Reselection

External Comment RANGEi_HIGHER = -1 means that it shall not be included in "BARange" IE.Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as notsignificant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicatorof end of BA Range)

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

358 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.220 (HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE) - (T_FILTER)

HMI Name HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCEParameter Name

Logical Name T_FILTER

Definition Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarmcondition is detected.

Coding rules step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s,1: 0.96s, …, 31: 29.76s

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

2 x Samfr 0 31 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 359 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.221 (HO_MARGIN) - (HOmargin (0,n))

HMI Name HO_MARGINParameter Name

Logical Name HOmargin (0,n)

Definition Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) whichis required for a power budget HO.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -127 127 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies

External Comment –

Single 5 dB

Umbrella 5 dB

Concentric 5 dB

Concentric Umbrella 5 dB

Microcell 4 dB

Minicell 5 dB

Extended inner cell 5 dB

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 5 dB

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

360 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.222 (HO_MARGIN_DIST) - (HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n))

HMI Name HO_MARGIN_DISTParameter Name

Logical Name HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n)

Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handovercauses.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -127 127 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies

External Comment –

Single 2 dB

Umbrella 2 dB

Concentric 2 dB

Concentric Umbrella 2 dB

Microcell 5 dB

Minicell 2 dB

Extended inner cell -29 dB

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 5 dB

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 361 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.223 (HO_MARGIN_LEV) - (HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n))

HMI Name HO_MARGIN_LEVParameter Name

Logical Name HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n)

Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handovercauses.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -127 127 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies

External Comment –

Single 2 dB

Umbrella 2 dB

Concentric 0 dB

Concentric Umbrella 0 dB

Microcell 5 dB

Minicell 0 dB

Extended inner cell -29 dB

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 5 dB

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

362 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.224 (HO_MARGIN_QUAL) - (HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n))

HMI Name HO_MARGIN_QUALParameter Name

Logical Name HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)

Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handovercauses

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -127 127 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies

External Comment –

Single 1 dB

Umbrella 1 dB

Concentric 1 dB

Concentric Umbrella 1 dB

Microcell 5 dB

Minicell 1 dB

Extended inner cell -29 dB

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 5 dB

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 363 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.225 (HR_ENABLED) - (HR_ENABLED)

HMI Name HR_ENABLEDParameter Name

Logical Name HR_ENABLED

Definition This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

364 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.226 (IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE) - (IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL)

HMI Name IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILUREParameter Name

Logical Name IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL

Definition This flag indicates whether or not a transmission alarm triggers thetelecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towardsMSC). Note that the O&M activities are not dependent on this flag.

Coding rules 0: transmission alarms are not ignored and the telecom defenceactivities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC) aretriggered;1: transmission alarms are ignored and telecom defence activities(call release, blocking messages towards MSC) are not triggered;

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 365 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.227 (IMSI Attach/Detach) - (ATT (BSC))

HMI Name IMSI Attach/DetachParameter Name

Logical Name ATT (BSC)

Definition This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure isallowed in the cell.

Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed

Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

366 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.228 (IMSI Attach/Detach) - (ATT (MFS))

HMI Name IMSI Attach/DetachParameter Name

Logical Name ATT (MFS)

Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedureis allowed in the cell.

Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed

Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 367 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.229 (IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

HMI Name IND_TRAFFIC_LOADParameter Name

Logical Name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite forcircuit switched calls.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <=IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

45 45 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

368 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.230 (INTAVE) - (INTAVE)

HMI Name INTAVEParameter Name

Logical Name INTAVE

Definition Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCHtimeslots.

Coding rules step size=1 Samfr

Mandatory rules INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 31 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 369 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.231 (INTERCELL_HO) - (HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED)

HMI Name INTERCELL_HOParameter Name

Logical Name HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED

Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercellhandovers.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no influenceon Directed Retry

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

370 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.232 (Interference bands 1-2 limit) - (INTFBD1)

HMI Name Interference bands 1-2 limitParameter Name

Logical Name INTFBD1

Definition Limit between interference band 1 and interference band 2.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules INTFBD1 < INTFBD2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -100

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 371 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.233 (Interference bands 2-3 limit) - (INTFBD2)

HMI Name Interference bands 2-3 limitParameter Name

Logical Name INTFBD2

Definition Limit between interference band 2 and interference band 3.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -95

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

372 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.234 (Interference bands 3-4 limit) - (INTFBD3)

HMI Name Interference bands 3-4 limitParameter Name

Logical Name INTFBD3

Definition Limit between interference band 3 and interference band 4.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules INTFBD4 > INTFBD3 > INTFBD2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -90

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 373 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.235 (Interference bands 4-5 limit) - (INTFBD4)

HMI Name Interference bands 4-5 limitParameter Name

Logical Name INTFBD4

Definition Limit between interference band 4 and interference band 5.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules INTFBD5 > INTFBD4 > INTFBD3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -85

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

374 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.236 (INTRACELL_HO) - (HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED)

HMI Name INTRACELL_HOParameter Name

Logical Name HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED

Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment Valid for both TCH and SDCCH.The flags specific to the TFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO,EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT, EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE,are set independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED.Additionally, the flag related to handover cause 30,EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO is set independently of the flagHO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED.The handovers for TFO reasons (cause 29) and RAE4 reasons (cause30) can therefore be performed even if HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED= disabled.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 375 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.237 (Keep codec on handover) - (KEEP_CODEC_HO)

HMI Name Keep codec on handoverParameter Name

Logical Name KEEP_CODEC_HO

Definition Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internalincoming handovers.

Coding rules 0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO callsonly; 2: try to maintain codec for all calls

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 2 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

376 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.238 (L_LOAD_OBJ) - (L_LOAD_OBJ)

HMI Name L_LOAD_OBJParameter Name

Logical Name L_LOAD_OBJ

Definition Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increaseMIN_DWELL_TIME variable.

Coding rules step size = 10%

Mandatory rules L_LOAD_OBJ <= H_LOAD_OBJ

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 60

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella See TRXnb

Concentric N/A

Concentric Umbrella See TRXnb

Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 377 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

0 10 20 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

378 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.239 (L_MIN_DWELL_TIME) - (L_MIN_DWELL_TIME)

HMI Name L_MIN_DWELL_TIMEParameter Name

Logical Name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME

Definition Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules L_MIN_DWELL_TIME <= H_MIN_DWELL_TIME

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 120 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 379 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.240 (L_RXLEV_CPT_HO) - (L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n))

HMI Name L_RXLEV_CPT_HOParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)

Definition Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbourlower layer cell n handover or from classical band to preferred bandcell n handover.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -85

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl (+Edit Adjacency)

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

380 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.241 (L_RXLEV_DL_H) - (L_RXLEV_DL_H)

HMI Name L_RXLEV_DL_HParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXLEV_DL_H

Definition Downlink level threshold for handover.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P.L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_DL_IH

Recommended rules L_RXLEV_DL_H < L_RXLEV_DL_PIf CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" ANDFREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or"EGSM" or "DCS 1900":RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies toconcentric and monoband cell.)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -96

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Single -91 dBm (19)

Umbrella -91 dBm (19)

Concentric -91 dBm (19)

Concentric Umbrella -91 dBm (19)

Microcell -96 dBm (14)

Minicell -91 dBm (19)

Extended inner cell -96 dBm (14)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell -98 dBm (12)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 381 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

382 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.242 (L_RXLEV_DL_P) - (L_RXLEV_DL_P)

HMI Name L_RXLEV_DL_PParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXLEV_DL_P

Definition Lower downlink level threshold for power control.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -85

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 383 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.243 (L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR) - (L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n))

HMI Name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DRParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)

Definition Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directedretry to cell n.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -110

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: DIR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Directed Retry (+ Edit External cell /circuit1/2)

External Comment –

Single -85 dBm (25)

Umbrella -85 dBm (25)

Concentric -85 dBm (25)

Concentric Umbrella -85 dBm (25)

Microcell -70 dBm (40)

Minicell -85 dBm (25)

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

384 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.244 (L_RXLEV_UL_H) - (L_RXLEV_UL_H)

HMI Name L_RXLEV_UL_HParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXLEV_UL_H

Definition Uplink level threshold for handover.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_PL_RXLEV_UL_H < RXLEV_UL_IH

Recommended rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_PIf CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" ANDFREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or"EGSM" or "DCS 1900":RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies toconcentric and monoband cell.)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -100

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Single -100 dBm (10)

Umbrella -100 dBm (10)

Concentric -100 dBm (10)

Concentric Umbrella -100 dBm (10)

Microcell -100 dBm (10)

Minicell -100 dBm (10)

Extended inner cell -100 dBm (10)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell -100 dBm (10)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 385 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

386 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.245 (L_RXLEV_UL_P) - (L_RXLEV_UL_P)

HMI Name L_RXLEV_UL_PParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXLEV_UL_P

Definition Lower uplink level threshold for power control.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -90

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Single -95 dBm (15)

Umbrella -95 dBm (15)

Concentric -95 dBm (15)

Concentric Umbrella -95 dBm (15)

Microcell -85 dBm (25)

Minicell -95 dBm (15)

Extended inner cell -95 dBm (15)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell -95 dBm (15)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 387 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.246 (L_RXQUAL_DL_H) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_H)

HMI Name L_RXQUAL_DL_HParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H

Definition Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls.

Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_DL_H >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment Higher value is the worst quality

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

388 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.247 (L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR)

HMI Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMRParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR

Definition Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR calls.

Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 4.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 389 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.248 (L_RXQUAL_DL_P) - (L_RXQUAL_DL_P)

HMI Name L_RXQUAL_DL_PParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXQUAL_DL_P

Definition Lower downlink quality threshold for power control.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment Higher value is the worst quality

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

390 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.249 (L_RXQUAL_UL_H) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_H)

HMI Name L_RXQUAL_UL_HParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H

Definition Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules L_RXQUAL_UL_H >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment Higher value is the worst quality

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 391 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.250 (L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR)

HMI Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMRParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR

Definition Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR calls.

Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 4.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

392 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.251 (L_RXQUAL_UL_P) - (L_RXQUAL_UL_P)

HMI Name L_RXQUAL_UL_PParameter Name

Logical Name L_RXQUAL_UL_P

Definition Lower uplink quality threshold for power control.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment Higher value is the worst quality

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 393 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.252 (Link_factor) - (Linkfactor (0,n))

HMI Name Link_factorParameter Name

Logical Name Linkfactor (0,n)

Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap orfavour cell n.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -24 24 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

394 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.253 (Load computation in outer zone) - (EN_LOAD_OUTER)

HMI Name Load computation in outer zoneParameter Name

Logical Name EN_LOAD_OUTER

Definition Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of aConcentric/multiband cell instead of the load computation on thewhole cell.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 toFREElevel_4 need to be updated to number of TRX considered inthe load computation.EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both"Enabled".

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO

External Comment significant only for concentric and multiband cells.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 395 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.254 (LOAD_EV_PERIOD) - (LOAD_EV_PERIOD)

HMI Name LOAD_EV_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name LOAD_EV_PERIOD

Definition Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) forload averaging.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 30 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

396 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.255 (Load_Factor_1) - (Loadfactor_1)

HMI Name Load_Factor_1Parameter Name

Logical Name Loadfactor_1

Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into accountthe TCH load in the candidate cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -16 0 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 397 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.256 (Load_Factor_2) - (Loadfactor_2)

HMI Name Load_Factor_2Parameter Name

Logical Name Loadfactor_2

Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into accountthe TCH load in the candidate cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -16 0 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Single -2

Umbrella -2

Concentric -2

Concentric Umbrella -2

Microcell -2

Minicell -2

Extended inner cell 0

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 0

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

398 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.257 (Load_Factor_3) - (Loadfactor_3)

HMI Name Load_Factor_3Parameter Name

Logical Name Loadfactor_3

Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into accountthe TCH load in the candidate cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -16 0 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Single -5

Umbrella -5

Concentric -5

Concentric Umbrella -5

Microcell -4

Minicell -5

Extended inner cell 0

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 0

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 399 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.258 (Load_Factor_4) - (Loadfactor_4)

HMI Name Load_Factor_4Parameter Name

Logical Name Loadfactor_4

Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into accountthe TCH load in the candidate cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4 >= Loadfactor_5

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -16 0 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Single -7

Umbrella -7

Concentric -7

Concentric Umbrella -7

Microcell -6

Minicell -7

Extended inner cell 0

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 0

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

400 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.259 (Load_Factor_5) - (Loadfactor_5)

HMI Name Load_Factor_5Parameter Name

Logical Name Loadfactor_5

Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into accountthe TCH load in the candidate cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadfactor_5 <= Loadfactor_4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -16 0 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Single -10

Umbrella -10

Concentric -10

Concentric Umbrella -10

Microcell -8

Minicell -10

Extended inner cell 0

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 0

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 401 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.260 (Load_Level_1) - (Loadlevel_1)

HMI Name Load_Level_1Parameter Name

Logical Name Loadlevel_1

Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 50

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

402 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.261 (Load_Level_2) - (Loadlevel_2)

HMI Name Load_Level_2Parameter Name

Logical Name Loadlevel_2

Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 60

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 403 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.262 (Load_Level_3) - (Loadlevel_3)

HMI Name Load_Level_3Parameter Name

Logical Name Loadlevel_3

Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 80

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

404 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.263 (Load_Level_4) - (Loadlevel_4)

HMI Name Load_Level_4Parameter Name

Logical Name Loadlevel_4

Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 90

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HOC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Load Classif

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 405 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.264 (Location Area Code (LAC)) - (LAC (BSC))

HMI Name Location Area Code (LAC)Parameter Name

Logical Name LAC (BSC)

Definition Location Area Code.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same timeEqual to LAC (MFS)A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer)shall have the same LAC.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 65535 65535

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description ( + Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

406 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.265 (LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

HMI Name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOADParameter Name

Logical Name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuitswitched calls.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment If LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD is set to 0 in a given cell n, then noHandover Cause 23 (i.e. Traffic Handovers) can be triggered towardsthat cell n.

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

20 20 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 407 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.266 (LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE) - (L_TIME_ADVANCE)

HMI Name LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCEParameter Name

Logical Name L_TIME_ADVANCE

Definition Low threshold to trigger handover cause "too short distance" in outercell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bper 0 63 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Distance

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A

Concentric Umbrella N/A

Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 0

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

408 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.267 (Lowest BA range ARFCNs) - (RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13))

HMI Name Lowest BA range ARFCNsParameter Name

Logical Name RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13)

Definition Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in "BA Range" InformationElement.

Coding rules Coded on 16 bits.

Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None -1 1023 -1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Reselection

External Comment RANGEi_LOWER = -1 means that it shall not be included in "BARange" IEMoreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as notsignificant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicatorof end of BA Range)

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 409 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.268 (LSA_ID_I) - (LSA_ID_array (BSC))

HMI Name LSA_ID_IParameter Name

Logical Name LSA_ID_array (BSC)

Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5).

Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max

Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS)

Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of oddnumber) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number),as defined in GSM 03.03.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 16777215 16777215

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3

External Comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value givenhere is for implementation purposes only.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

410 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.269 (LSA_ID_I) - (LSA_ID_array (MFS))

HMI Name LSA_ID_IParameter Name

Logical Name LSA_ID_array (MFS)

Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5).

Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max

Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC)

Recommended rules The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of oddnumber) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number),as defined in GSM 03.03.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 16777215 16777215

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3

External Comment The default value depends on the configuration. The value givenhere is for implementation purposes only.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 411 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.270 (LSA_ID_I(n)) - (LSA_ID_array (n))

HMI Name LSA_ID_I(n)Parameter Name

Logical Name LSA_ID_array (n)

Definition List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5).

Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 16777215 16777215

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access External Cell / Circuit 2/2

External Comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configurethe value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameteris autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is anOMC internal cell.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

412 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.271 (LSA_OFFSET) - (LSA_OFFSET)

HMI Name LSA_OFFSETParameter Name

Logical Name LSA_OFFSET

Definition Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with thesame LSA priorities.

Coding rules coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB,4 = 24 dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48 dB, 7 = 64 dB.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 64 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3

External Comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 413 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.272 (LSA_PRIO_THR) - (PRIO_THR)

HMI Name LSA_PRIO_THRParameter Name

Logical Name PRIO_THR

Definition Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection.

Coding rules coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12dB, 3 = 18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 30 dB, 6 = 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB).

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 42 42

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 3/3

External Comment The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS.The maximum and default values correspond to an infinite threshold.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

414 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.273 (MATE_CI) - (MATE_CI (BSC))

HMI Name MATE_CIParameter Name

Logical Name MATE_CI (BSC)

Definition Cell Identity of the Mate cell

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules - MATE_CI (BSC) = MATE_CI (MFS)- If one mate cell is configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) then theother mate cell shall also be configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0)- For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to65535 at the same time

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 65535 65535

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here isfor implementation purposes.(MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 415 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.274 (MATE_LAC) - (MATE_LAC)

HMI Name MATE_LACParameter Name

Logical Name MATE_LAC

Definition Location Area Code of the Mate cell

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to65535 at the same timeA couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer)shall have the same LAC

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 65535 65535

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here isfor implementation purposes.(MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

416 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.275 (MAX_POW_INC) - (MAX_POW_INC)

HMI Name MAX_POW_INCParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_POW_INC

Definition Maximum Power increase in one power command.

Coding rules step size = 2dB

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 2 16 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 417 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.276 (MAX_POW_RED) - (MAX_POW_RED)

HMI Name MAX_POW_REDParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_POW_RED

Definition Maximum Power reduction in one power command.

Coding rules step size = 2dB

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 2 16 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

418 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.277 (MAX_RETRANS) - (Max_retrans (BSC))

HMI Name MAX_RETRANSParameter Name

Logical Name Max_retrans (BSC)

Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by theMS on the RACH.

Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01,10 and 11

Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 7 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 419 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.278 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_1) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_1Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1]

Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands usedfor Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 24 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

420 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.279 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_2) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_2Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2]

Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands usedfor Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 24 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 421 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.280 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_3) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_3Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3]

Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands usedfor Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI4 > MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 24 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

422 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.281 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_4) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_4Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4]

Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands usedfor Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI5 > MEAS_STAT_BFI4 > MEAS_STAT_BFI3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 24 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 423 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.282 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_5) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_5Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5]

Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands usedfor Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI6 > MEAS_STAT_BFI5 > MEAS_STAT_BFI4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 24 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

424 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.283 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_6) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_6Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6]

Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands usedfor Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI7 > MEAS_STAT_BFI6 > MEAS_STAT_BFI5

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 24 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 425 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.284 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_7) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_7Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7]

Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands usedfor Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI8 > MEAS_STAT_BFI7 > MEAS_STAT_BFI6

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 24 14

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

426 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.285 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_8) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_8Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8]

Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands usedfor Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8 > MEAS_STAT_BFI7

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 24 18

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 427 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.286 (MEAS_STAT_BFI_9) - (MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_9Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9]

Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands usedfor Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 24 22

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

428 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.287 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_1) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_1Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1]

Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to definebands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -62 62 -12

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 429 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.288 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_2) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_2Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2]

Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to definebands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -62 62 -9

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

430 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.289 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_3) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_3Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3]

Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to definebands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 < MEAS_STAT_CI4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -62 62 -6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 431 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.290 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_4) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_4Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4]

Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to definebands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI3 < MEAS_STAT_CI4 < MEAS_STAT_CI5

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -62 62 -3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

432 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.291 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_5) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_5Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5]

Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to definebands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI4 < MEAS_STAT_CI5 < MEAS_STAT_CI6

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -62 62 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 433 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.292 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_6) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_6Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6]

Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to definebands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI5 < MEAS_STAT_CI6 < MEAS_STAT_CI7

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -62 62 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

434 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.293 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_7) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_7Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7]

Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to definebands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI6 < MEAS_STAT_CI7 < MEAS_STAT_CI8

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -62 62 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 435 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.294 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_8) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_8Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8]

Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to definebands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI7 < MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -62 62 9

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

436 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.295 (MEAS_STAT_C_I_9) - (MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_9Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9]

Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to definebands used for Radio Measurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -62 62 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 437 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.296 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_1) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_1Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1]

Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -109 -48 -53

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

438 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.297 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_2) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_2Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2]

Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -109 -48 -60

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 439 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.298 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_3) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_3Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3]

Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -109 -48 -66

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

440 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.299 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_4) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_4Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4]

Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_5

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -109 -48 -72

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 441 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.300 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_5) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_5Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5]

Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_5 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_6

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -109 -48 -79

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

442 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.301 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_6) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_6Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6]

Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_5 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_6 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_7

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -109 -48 -85

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 443 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.302 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_7) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_7Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7]

Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_6 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_7 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_8

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -109 -48 -91

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

444 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.303 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_8) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_8Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8]

Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_7 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -109 -48 -97

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 445 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.304 (MEAS_STAT_LEV_9) - (MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_9Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9]

Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -109 -48 -104

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 3/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

446 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.305 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1]

Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 < MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -109 109 -50

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 2/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 447 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.306 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_2) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [2])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_2Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [2]

Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 >MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -109 109 -30

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 2/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

448 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.307 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_3) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [3])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_3Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [3]

Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 >MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -109 109 -20

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 2/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 449 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.308 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_4) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [4])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_4Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [4]

Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 >MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -109 109 -10

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 2/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

450 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.309 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_5) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_5Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5]

Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 >MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -109 109 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 2/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 451 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.310 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_6) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [6])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_6Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [6]

Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 >MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -109 109 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 2/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

452 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.311 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_7) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [7])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_7Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [7]

Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 >MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -109 109 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 2/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 453 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.312 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_8) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [8])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_8Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [8]

Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 >MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -109 109 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 2/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

454 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.313 (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_9) - (MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [9])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_9Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [9]

Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109dB)

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -109 109 50

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 2/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 455 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.314 (MEAS_STAT_S_1) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [1])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_1Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [1]

Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S1 < MEAS_STAT_S2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 127 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

456 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.315 (MEAS_STAT_S_2) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [2])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_2Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [2]

Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 > MEAS_STAT_S1

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 127 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 457 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.316 (MEAS_STAT_S_3) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [3])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_3Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [3]

Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S4 > MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 127 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

458 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.317 (MEAS_STAT_S_4) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [4])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_4Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [4]

Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S5 > MEAS_STAT_S4 > MEAS_STAT_S3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 127 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 459 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.318 (MEAS_STAT_S_5) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [5])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_5Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [5]

Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S6 > MEAS_STAT_S5 > MEAS_STAT_S4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 127 14

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

460 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.319 (MEAS_STAT_S_6) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [6])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_6Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [6]

Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S7 > MEAS_STAT_S6 > MEAS_STAT_S5

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 127 16

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 461 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.320 (MEAS_STAT_S_7) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [7])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_7Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [7]

Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S8 > MEAS_STAT_S7 > MEAS_STAT_S6

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 127 18

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

462 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.321 (MEAS_STAT_S_8) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [8])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_8Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [8]

Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8 > MEAS_STAT_S7

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 127 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 463 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.322 (MEAS_STAT_S_9) - (MEAS_STAT_S_i [9])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_S_9Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_S_i [9]

Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 127 22

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Measurements 1/3

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

464 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.323 (MEAS_STAT_TA_1) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_1Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1]

Definition Upper limit of the first TA band, lower limit of the second TA band(for the RMS TA measurements)

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules 0 < MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bper 1 62 7

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 465 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.324 (MEAS_STAT_TA_2) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_2Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2]

Definition Upper limit of the 2nd TA band, lower limit of the 3rd TA band (for theRMS TA measurements)

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2 < MEAS_STAT_TA_3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bper 1 62 13

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule B9 default value

466 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.325 (MEAS_STAT_TA_3) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_3Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3]

Definition Upper limit of the 3rd TA band, lower limit of the 4th TA band (for theRMS TA measurements)

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_2 < MEAS_STAT_TA_3 < MEAS_STAT_TA_4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bper 1 62 19

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 467 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.326 (MEAS_STAT_TA_4) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_4Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4]

Definition Upper limit of the 4th TA band, lower limit of the 5th TA band (for theRMS TA measurements)

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_3 < MEAS_STAT_TA_4 < MEAS_STAT_TA_5

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bper 1 62 25

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule B9 default value

468 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.327 (MEAS_STAT_TA_5) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [5])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_5Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [5]

Definition Upper limit of the 5th TA band, lower limit of the 6th TA band (for theRMS TA measurements)

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_4 < MEAS_STAT_TA_5 < MEAS_STAT_TA_6

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bper 1 62 31

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 469 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.328 (MEAS_STAT_TA_6) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [6])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_6Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [6]

Definition Upper limit of the 6th TA band, lower limit of the 7th TA band (for theRMS TA measurements)

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_5 < MEAS_STAT_TA_6 < MEAS_STAT_TA_7

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bper 1 62 37

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule B9 default value

470 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.329 (MEAS_STAT_TA_7) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [7])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_7Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [7]

Definition Upper limit of the 7th TA band, lower limit of the 8th TA band (for theRMS TA measurements)

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_6 < MEAS_STAT_TA_7 < MEAS_STAT_TA_8

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bper 1 62 43

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 471 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.330 (MEAS_STAT_TA_8) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [8])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_8Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [8]

Definition Upper limit of the 8th TA band, lower limit of the 9th TA band (for theRMS TA measurements)

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_7 < MEAS_STAT_TA_8 < MEAS_STAT_TA_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bper 1 62 49

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule B9 default value

472 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.331 (MEAS_STAT_TA_9) - (MEAS_STAT_TA_i [9])

HMI Name MEAS_STAT_TA_9Parameter Name

Logical Name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [9]

Definition Upper limit of the 9th TA band, lower limit of the 10th TA band (for theRMS TA measurements)

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_8 < MEAS_STAT_TA_9 < 63

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bper 1 62 55

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 473 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.332 (MIN_CONNECT_TIME) - (MIN_CONNECT_TIME)

HMI Name MIN_CONNECT_TIMEParameter Name

Logical Name MIN_CONNECT_TIME

Definition Maximum connection time after a handover in an overlaid cell todeclare the MS "fast" when leaving the cell with a handover.

Coding rules step size=1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 120 40

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A

Concentric Umbrella N/A

Microcell 20 s

Minicell 40 s

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

474 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.333 (Mobile Country Code (MCC)) - (MCC (BSC))

HMI Name Mobile Country Code (MCC)Parameter Name

Logical Name MCC (BSC)

Definition Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN.

Coding rules 3 digits BCD

Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled:- MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS).- The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same(MCC,MNC) couple.- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall beselected from the set of own PLMNs.- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can beselected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 999 999

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Network

External Comment The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicatedhere is for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 475 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.334 (Mobile Network Code (MNC)) - (MNC (BSC))

HMI Name Mobile Network Code (MNC)Parameter Name

Logical Name MNC (BSC)

Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN.

Coding rules 3 digits BCD

Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled:- MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS).- The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same(MCC,MNC) couple.- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall beselected from the set of own PLMNs.- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can beselected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 999 999

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access RNUSM / Edit Network

External Comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicatedhere is for implementation purposes.The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table.MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (Fbinary coded 1111)MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

476 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.335 (MS_P_CON_ACK) - (MS_P_CON_ACK)

HMI Name MS_P_CON_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name MS_P_CON_ACK

Definition Supervision of the MS Power Control procedure.

Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

2 x Samfr 0 31 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment –

Single 3 s

Umbrella 3 s

Concentric 3 s

Concentric Umbrella 3 s

Microcell 2 s

Minicell 3 s

Extended inner cell 3 s

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 3 s

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 477 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.336 (MS_P_CON_INT) - (MS_P_CON_INT)

HMI Name MS_P_CON_INTParameter Name

Logical Name MS_P_CON_INT

Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive MS power commands.

Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

2 x Samfr 0 31 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment –

Single 1 s

Umbrella 1 s

Concentric 1 s

Concentric Umbrella 1 s

Microcell 0 s

Minicell 1 s

Extended inner cell 1 s

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 1 s

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

478 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.337 (MS_TXPWR_MAX) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX)

HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX

Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power.

Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm,...., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm,..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ...,15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.

Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm 5 43 43

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control (+ Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)

External Comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band isP-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreteddifferently:- Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS;interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS);- Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS;interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS);- Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MSand the Phase 2/onwards MS).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 479 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.338 (MS_TXPWR_MAX) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n))

HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)

Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power.

Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ...,15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.

Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm 5 43 43

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access External Cell / Circuit 1/2

External Comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band isP-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreteddifferently:- Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS;interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS);- Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS;interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS);-Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MSand the Phase 2/onwards MS).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

480 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.339 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC))

HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCHParameter Name

Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC)

Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use whenaccessing the cell until otherwise commanded.

Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ...,15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm 5 43 43

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection

External Comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band isP-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreteddifferently:- Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS;interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS);- Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS;interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS);- Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MSand the Phase 2/onwards MS).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 481 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.340 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)

HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNERParameter Name

Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER

Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of aconcentric or multiband cell.

Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ...,15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.

Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm 5 43 43

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band isP-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreteddifferently:- Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS;interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS);- Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS;interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS);- Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MSand the Phase 2/onwards MS).

Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE =concentric.

482 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric #

Concentric Umbrella #

Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 483 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.341 (MS_TXPWR_MIN) - (MS_TXPWR_MIN)

HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MINParameter Name

Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MIN

Definition MS minimum allowed transmission power.

Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ...,13: 17 dBm,…,19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 13: 17 dBm,…, 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,…,15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ...,13: 4 dBm,…, 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.

Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MIN <= MS_TXPWR_MAX andMS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm 5 43 17

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control (+ Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)

External Comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:Default value for P-GSM/G1: 17 dBmDefault value for GSM850: 17 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 4 dBmDefault value for DCS1900: 4 dBm

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

484 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.342 (MSC Signalling Point Code) - (DPC)

HMI Name MSC Signalling Point CodeParameter Name

Logical Name DPC

Definition Signalling Point Code of the MSC.

Coding rules coded over 14 bits

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 16383 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: EML RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access BSS parameters / A interface info

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 485 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.343 (MSCR) - (MSCR (BSC))

HMI Name MSCRParameter Name

Logical Name MSCR (BSC)

Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendationsused to implement MSC software.

Coding rules 0 = MSC is release '98 or older; 1 = MSC is release '99 onwards

Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Internetworking MSC Internetworking

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

486 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.344 (MSCR) - (MSCR (MFS))

HMI Name MSCRParameter Name

Logical Name MSCR (MFS)

Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendationsused to implement MSC software.

Coding rules 0 = MSC is release '98 or older; 1 = MSC is release '99 onwards

Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Internetworking MSC Internetworking

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 487 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.345 (MULTIBAND_REPORTING) - (MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC))

HMI Name MULTIBAND_REPORTINGParameter Name

Logical Name MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC)

Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to beincluded in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS.

Coding rules Coded over 2 bits:00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known andallowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used;01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowedNCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list,excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known andallowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BAlist, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known andallowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BAlist, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell.

Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 3 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

488 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.346 (MULTIBAND_REPORTING) - (MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS))

HMI Name MULTIBAND_REPORTINGParameter Name

Logical Name MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS)

Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to beincluded in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS.

Coding rules Coded over 2 bits:00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known andallowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used;01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowedNCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list,excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known andallowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BAlist, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell;11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known andallowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BAlist, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell.

Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 3 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 489 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.347 (MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION) -(MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION)

HMI Name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITIONParameter Name

Logical Name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION

Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the servingcell to trigger a multiband handover.

Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 2 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / Hierarchical and multiband HO Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

490 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.348 (N_BAD_SACCH) - (N_BAD_SACCH)

HMI Name N_BAD_SACCHParameter Name

Logical Name N_BAD_SACCH

Definition Number of consecutive bad SACCH frames to trigger a rescuehandover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules 1) N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M+ 1

2) In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so thatT_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 0 128 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A

Concentric Umbrella N/A

Microcell 4

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 491 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

492 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.349 (N_TCH_HO) - (N_TCH_HO)

HMI Name N_TCH_HOParameter Name

Logical Name N_TCH_HO

Definition Number of less interfered Full Rate TCH reserved for handover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 493 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.350 (N_TRAFFIC_LOAD) - (N_TRAFFIC_LOAD)

HMI Name N_TRAFFIC_LOADParameter Name

Logical Name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD

Definition Number of consecutive load averages used in traffic load evaluationprocess.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 8 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

6 6 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

494 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.351 (NB_CLR_REQ) - (N_CLR_REQ)

HMI Name NB_CLR_REQParameter Name

Logical Name N_CLR_REQ

Definition Maximum number of CLEAR REQUEST message transmission.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 8 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 495 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.352 (NB_PREF_CELLS) - (N_PREF_CELLS)

HMI Name NB_PREF_CELLSParameter Name

Logical Name N_PREF_CELLS

Definition Maximum number of candidate cells sent in one HANDOVERREQUIRED.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 16 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / Handover Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

496 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.353 (Nbr AC 11-15 unbarred in one step) - (M2)

HMI Name Nbr AC 11-15 unbarred in one stepParameter Name

Logical Name M2

Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are unbarred in onestep.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 5 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 497 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.354 (Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one step) - (N1)

HMI Name Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one stepParameter Name

Logical Name N1

Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are barred in one step.

Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of low priority access classes.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 10 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

498 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.355 (Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one step) - (N2)

HMI Name Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one stepParameter Name

Logical Name N2

Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are unbarred in one step.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 10 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 499 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.356 (Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one step) - (M1)

HMI Name Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one stepParameter Name

Logical Name M1

Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are barred in onestep.

Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of high priority access classes

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 5 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC /Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

500 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.357 (NBR_RESET_CIC_REP) - (NBR_RESET_CIC_REP)

HMI Name NBR_RESET_CIC_REPParameter Name

Logical Name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP

Definition Maximum number of RESET CIRCUIT message repetitions whennot acknowledged by the MSC.

Coding rules 255: RESET CIRCUIT message is indefinitely repeated

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 501 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.358 (NBR_RESET_REP) - (NBR_RESET_REP)

HMI Name NBR_RESET_REPParameter Name

Logical Name NBR_RESET_REP

Definition Number of times the RESET message is sent without beingacknowledged by the MSC before an alarm is reported.

Coding rules If NBR_RESET_REP = 0, RESET message is not sent

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 127 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

502 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.359 (NCC) - (NCC (BSC))

HMI Name NCCParameter Name

Logical Name NCC (BSC)

Definition Network Colour code of the cell.

Coding rules Coded over 3 bits.

Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 503 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.360 (NCC) - (NCC (MFS))

HMI Name NCCParameter Name

Logical Name NCC (MFS)

Definition Network Colour code of the cell.

Coding rules Coded over 3 bits.

Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

504 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.361 (NCC) - (NCC(n))

HMI Name NCCParameter Name

Logical Name NCC(n)

Definition Network Colour code of the neighbour cell.

Coding rules Coded over 3 bits.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description (+ Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here isfor implementation purposes.This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configurethe value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameteris autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is anOMC internal cell

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 505 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.362 (NCC permitted) - (NCC_permitted)

HMI Name NCC permittedParameter Name

Logical Name NCC_permitted

Definition Indicates which NCC values the MS considers as belonging to thenetwork.

Coding rules Coded over 8 bits. each bit corresponds to a NCC value: MSBcorresponds to NCC = 7, LSB corresponds to NCC = 0. For eachbit:0= NCC not permitted, 1= NCC permitted

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type List of numbers

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicatedhere is for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

506 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.363 (NCI) - (NCI)

HMI Name NCIParameter Name

Logical Name NCI

Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it reports a HANDOVER FAILURE incase of out of range timing advance.

Coding rules 0: Out of range timing advance is ignored, 1: Out of range timingadvance triggers a Handover Failure procedure

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 507 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.364 (NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV) - (NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n))

HMI Name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEVParameter Name

Logical Name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)

Definition Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells forcause 13.

Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -47

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric -47 dBm (63)

Concentric Umbrella -47 dBm (63)

Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

508 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.365 (NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO) - (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO)

HMI Name NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HOParameter Name

Logical Name NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO

Definition Number of full rate TCH reserved for incoming emergency handovers(plus Cause 12 and Cause 27 handovers).

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / General HO Control

External Comment The Pre-emption procedure (in case EN_TCH_PREEMPT =enabled) might use these reserved TCHs in order to avoid releasingan on-going call unnecessarily.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 509 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.366 (NY_1) - (NY1)

HMI Name NY_1Parameter Name

Logical Name NY1

Definition Maximum number of repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR.

Recommended rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 3 35 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

510 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.367 (OFFSET_CA_HIGH) - (OFFSET_CA_HIGH)

HMI Name OFFSET_CA_HIGHParameter Name

Logical Name OFFSET_CA_HIGH

Definition Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under high load.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70)

Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 4.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 511 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.368 (OFFSET_CA_NORMAL) - (OFFSET_CA_NORMAL)

HMI Name OFFSET_CA_NORMALParameter Name

Logical Name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL

Definition Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under normal load.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70)

Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 4.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

512 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.369 (OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER) - (OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER)

HMI Name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNERParameter Name

Logical Name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER

Definition Offset which allows to take into account the radio differencesbetween the inner and the outer zone (especially in multiband cells).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -127 127 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 513 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.370 (OFFSET_HOPPING_HO) - (Offset_Hopping_HO)

HMI Name OFFSET_HOPPING_HOParameter Name

Logical Name Offset_Hopping_HO

Definition Offset applied in the handover quality causes for radio hoppingchannels.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

514 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.371 (OFFSET_HOPPING_PC) - (Offset_Hopping_PC)

HMI Name OFFSET_HOPPING_PCParameter Name

Logical Name Offset_Hopping_PC

Definition Offset applied in the power control quality causes for hopping radiochannels.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 515 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.372 (OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV) - (OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n))

HMI Name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEVParameter Name

Logical Name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n)

Definition Minimum received level from umbrella cell n to allow handover cause"level uplink micro-cell" or "level downlink micro-cell".

Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -80

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Low Layer HO Ctrl (+ Edit Adjacency)

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A

Concentric Umbrella N/A

Microcell -88 dBm (22)

Minicell -88 dBm (22)

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

516 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.373 (PAGING) - (PAG_BAR)

HMI Name PAGINGParameter Name

Logical Name PAG_BAR

Definition This flag indicates if transmission of Pagings is allowed in the cell.

Coding rules 0: Pagings are not barred, 1: Pagings are barred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment this flag can be used by an operator to temporarily prevent phonesfrom ringing in specific cells

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 517 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.374 (PENALTY_TIME) - (PENALTY_TIME(BSC))

HMI Name PENALTY_TIMEParameter Name

Logical Name PENALTY_TIME(BSC)

Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2criterion.

Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARYOFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negativevalue

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 20 620 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection

External Comment –

Single inhibited (31)

Umbrella inhibited (31)

Concentric inhibited (31)

Concentric Umbrella inhibited (31)

Microcell 20 s (0)

Minicell 20 s (0)

Extended inner cell inhibited (31)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell inhibited (31)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

518 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.375 (PENALTY_TIME) - (PENALTY_TIME(MFS))

HMI Name PENALTY_TIMEParameter Name

Logical Name PENALTY_TIME(MFS)

Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2criterion.

Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARYOFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negativevalue.

Mandatory rules PENALTY_TIME(MFS) = PENALTY_TIME(BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 20 620 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 519 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.376 (PENALTY_TIME) - (PENALTY_TIME(n)(MFS))

HMI Name PENALTY_TIMEParameter Name

Logical Name PENALTY_TIME(n)(MFS)

Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2criterion.

Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARYOFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negativevalue

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 20 620 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit external cell / packet

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of PENALTY_TIME(n) of previous release

520 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.377 (PING_PONG_HANDICAP) - (PING_PONG_HCP)

HMI Name PING_PONG_HANDICAPParameter Name

Logical Name PING_PONG_HCP

Definition A transient handicap is applied to power budget of previous cell toavoid a "ping-pong" effect.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 127 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 521 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.378 (POW_INC_FACTOR) - (POW_INC_FACTOR)

HMI Name POW_INC_FACTORParameter Name

Logical Name POW_INC_FACTOR

Definition Weighting factor for power increase.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules POW_INC_FACTOR >= POW_RED_FACTOR

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0.8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

522 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.379 (POW_INC_STEP_SIZE) - (POW_INC_STEP_SIZE)

HMI Name POW_INC_STEP_SIZEParameter Name

Logical Name POW_INC_STEP_SIZE

Definition Power increase step size in case of power command triggered onquality criterion.

Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB, ..., 7: 14 dB

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 2 14 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 523 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.380 (POW_RED_FACTOR) - (POW_RED_FACTOR)

HMI Name POW_RED_FACTORParameter Name

Logical Name POW_RED_FACTOR

Definition Weighting factor for power reduction.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules POW_RED_FACTOR <= POW_INC_FACTOR

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

524 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.381 (POW_RED_STEP_SIZE) - (POW_RED_STEP_SIZE)

HMI Name POW_RED_STEP_SIZEParameter Name

Logical Name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE

Definition Power reduction step size in case of power command triggered onquality criterion.

Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 2 4 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 525 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.382 (Preference Mark) - (TRX_PREF_MARK)

HMI Name Preference MarkParameter Name

Logical Name TRX_PREF_MARK

Definition Preference mark assigned to a given TRX.

Coding rules 0: PS/CS TRX: This TRX can carry PS and CS traffic and has thelowest preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used toserve a CS call.1: CS TRX with preference mark 1: This TRX can carry only CStraffic and has the preference mark 1 in the TCH sub-channelselection process used to serve a CS call.…7: CS TRX with preference mark 7: This TRX can carry only CStraffic and has the highest preference in the TCH sub-channelselection process used to served a CS call. It means that this TRXhas the highest priority for CS traffic.

Mandatory rules 1) For a TRX in the inner zone of a monoband or multibandconcentric cell, the parameter TRX_PREF_MARK shall be set to anon-null value.

2) For a hopping G1 TRX, if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY = 0then TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0

3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order tocheck the upper limit of MAX_PDCH:i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1:CCCH combined"ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0:CCCH not combined"iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs withTRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX.

4) In case of cell shared over 2 BTSs, the GPRS TRXs of the cell (ieTRX_PREF_MARK=0) can be either on the main sector or on thesecondary, but not on both.

5) the maximum number of PS capable TRX (ie TRX_PREF_MARK= 0) defined in one cell is 12.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance TRX

526 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / TRX Configuration

External Comment If EGPRS is activated in the cell, TRX_PREF_MARK (BCCH TRX)= 0 and the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware and atransmission pool allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shallensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GSMKand 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with3GPP TS 05.05 and 3GPP TS 05.08 requirements (or 4 dB if anSDCCH timeslot is defined in timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule In case of cell shared over 2 BTSs, where theGPRS TRXs are spread over the main and thesecondary sectors : the OEF determines on whichsector (main or secondary) there is the biggestnumber of extra Abis timeslots. For the othersector, all TRX preference mark set to 0 in B8 areset to 1 in B9. In case of equal number of extraAbis timeslots, then the determined sector is theone which contains the maximum number of GPRSTRXs. At the end, in case of equality, then thedetermined sector is the main one, per default.

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 527 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.383 (PREFERRED_BAND) - (PREFERRED_BAND)

HMI Name PREFERRED_BANDParameter Name

Logical Name PREFERRED_BAND

Definition Frequency band to which the multiband MS are preferentiallydirected.

Coding rules 0: none, 1: GSM, 2: DCS

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 2 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

528 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.384 (Preventive cyclic retransmission flag) - (EN_PCR)

HMI Name Preventive cyclic retransmission flagParameter Name

Logical Name EN_PCR

Definition This flag enables preventive cyclic retransmission.

Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment This parameter is set to 1 by the BSC in case the Ater links of a BSSare configured as satellite links.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 529 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.385 (PWRC) - (PWRC (BSC))

HMI Name PWRCParameter Name

Logical Name PWRC (BSC)

Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it includes measurements made onBCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel.

Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency are included, 1:measurements made on BCCH frequency are not included.

Mandatory rules Equal to PWRC (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

530 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.386 (PWRC) - (PWRC (MFS))

HMI Name PWRCParameter Name

Logical Name PWRC (MFS)

Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether or not it shall includemeasurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequencyhopping channel.

Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall be included, 1:measurements made on BCCH frequency shall not be included

Mandatory rules Equal to PWRC (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 531 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.387 (Q703_N1) - (Q703_N1)

HMI Name Q703_N1Parameter Name

Logical Name Q703_N1

Definition Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 127 127

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

532 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.388 (Q703_N2) - (Q703_N2)

HMI Name Q703_N2Parameter Name

Logical Name Q703_N2

Definition Maximum number of MSU octets which are available forretransmission.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bytes 1 8192 4096

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 533 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.389 (Q703_T1) - (Q703_T1)

HMI Name Q703_T1Parameter Name

Logical Name Q703_T1

Definition MTP2 timer "alignment ready".

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 40 50 50

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

534 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.390 (Q703_T2) - (Q703_T2)

HMI Name Q703_T2Parameter Name

Logical Name Q703_T2

Definition MTP2 timer "not aligned".

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 5 150 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 535 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.391 (Q703_T3) - (Q703_T3)

HMI Name Q703_T3Parameter Name

Logical Name Q703_T3

Definition MTP2 timer "aligned".

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 1.5 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

536 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.392 (Q703_T4E) - (Q703_T4E)

HMI Name Q703_T4EParameter Name

Logical Name Q703_T4E

Definition MTP2 Emergency proving period.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.4 0.6 0.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 537 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.393 (Q703_T4N) - (Q703_T4N)

HMI Name Q703_T4NParameter Name

Logical Name Q703_T4N

Definition MTP2 Normal proving period.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 7.5 9.5 8.2

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

538 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.394 (Q703_T6) - (Q703_T6)

HMI Name Q703_T6Parameter Name

Logical Name Q703_T6

Definition MTP2 timer "remote congestion".

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 3 6 5.4

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 539 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.395 (Q704_T2) - (Q704_T2)

HMI Name Q704_T2Parameter Name

Logical Name Q704_T2

Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeoveracknowledgement.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.7 2 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

540 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.396 (Q704_T4) - (Q704_T4)

HMI Name Q704_T4Parameter Name

Logical Name Q704_T4

Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changebackacknowledgement (first attempt).

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 1.2 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 541 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.397 (Q704_T5) - (Q704_T5)

HMI Name Q704_T5Parameter Name

Logical Name Q704_T5

Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changebackacknowledgement (second attempt).

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 1.2 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

542 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.398 (Q707_T1) - (Q707_T1)

HMI Name Q707_T1Parameter Name

Logical Name Q707_T1

Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of signalling link testacknowledgement.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 4 12 6,4

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 543 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.399 (Q707_T2) - (Q707_T2)

HMI Name Q707_T2Parameter Name

Logical Name Q707_T2

Definition MTP3 delay between transmission of consecutive signalling linktest message.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 30 90 60

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

544 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.400 (RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER) - (RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC))

HMI Name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTERParameter Name

Logical Name RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC)

Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKETCHANNEL REQUEST filtering.

Coding rules 64: no filtering

Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS).

Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bper 0 64 64

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNELREQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages withTiming Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER arediscarded.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 545 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.401 (RACH_BUSY_THRES) - (RACH_BUSY_THRES)

HMI Name RACH_BUSY_THRESParameter Name

Logical Name RACH_BUSY_THRES

Definition Received level above which a RACH TS is deemed busy.

Coding rules This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows:1: -110 dBm5: -106 dBm9: -102 dBm13: -98 dBm17: -94 dBm21: -90 dBm25: -86 dBm29: -82 dBm33: -78 dBm37: -74 dBm41: -70 dBm45: -66 dBm49: -62 dBm53: -58 dBm57: -54 dBm61: -50 dBm

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -50 -106

Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

546 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.402 (RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES) - (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS)

HMI Name RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRESParameter Name

Logical Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS

Definition Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS > N_BSTXPWR_M

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 1 128 18

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / Radio Link Supervision

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 547 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.403 (RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRES) - (N_BSTXPWR_M)

HMI Name RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRESParameter Name

Logical Name N_BSTXPWR_M

Definition Counter threshold to trigger a radio link recovery.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules N_BSTXPWR_M < RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 0 127 13

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / Radio Link Supervision

External Comment –

Single 13

Umbrella 13

Concentric 13

Concentric Umbrella 13

Microcell 15

Minicell 13

Extended inner cell 13

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 13

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

548 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.404 (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT) - (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC))

HMI Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUTParameter Name

Logical Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC)

Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision.

Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr... 15 == 64 Samfr

Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 4 64 16

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 549 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.405 (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT) - (RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS))

HMI Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUTParameter Name

Logical Name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS)

Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision.

Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr... 15 == 64 Samfr

Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 4 64 16

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

550 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.406 (Reserved Slots Number for Basic CBCH) -(Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH)

HMI Name Reserved Slots Number for Basic CBCHParameter Name

Logical Name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH

Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for highpriority messages within the schedule period for basic CBCH.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules shall be set to "0" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 40 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 551 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.407 (Reserved Slots Number for Extended CBCH) -(Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extended_CBCH)

HMI Name Reserved Slots Number for Extended CBCHParameter Name

Logical Name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extended_CBCH

Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for highpriority messages within the schedule period for extended CBCH.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 40 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

552 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.408 (RESET_INDEFINITE) - (RESET_INDEFINITE)

HMI Name RESET_INDEFINITEParameter Name

Logical Name RESET_INDEFINITE

Definition This flag determines whether or not the RESET message shall besent indefinitely (as long as it is not acknowledged).

Coding rules 0: RESET message is sent a maximum of NBR_RESET_REP times,1: The Reset procedure is repeated until a RESET or RESET ACKmessage is received.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 553 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.409 (RESP_REQ) - (RESP_REQ)

HMI Name RESP_REQParameter Name

Logical Name RESP_REQ

Definition This flag controls "Response request" OIE inclusion in HANDOVERREQUIRED.

Coding rules 0: IE not included, 1: IE included

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommendedto include the Response Request in the HANDOVER REQUIREDmessage (RESP_REQ).

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control

External Comment Default value depends on MSC typeFor external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whetheror not the external target cells (towards which the directed retryis triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to setRESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EXT_DR is set to enabled in order to get aHandover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells arecongested and thus to attempt other procedures.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

554 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.410 (RF_RES_IND_PERIOD) - (T_INTRF_L3)

HMI Name RF_RES_IND_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name T_INTRF_L3

Definition Delay between two consecutive RF RESOURCE INDICATION.

Coding rules step size = 1sec

Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) & T_INTRF_L3 >INTAVE

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 10 180 60

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Min (180, Value of previous release)

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 555 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.411 (RMS_TEMPLATE) - (RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX)

HMI Name RMS_TEMPLATEParameter Name

Logical Name RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX

Definition Template of values of RMS parameters to be applied to theconcerned cell (concerns the parameters MEAS_STAT_C_Ix,MEAS_STAT_BFIx, MEAS_STAT_LEVx, MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALx,MEAS_STAT_Sx, EN_BALANCED_CI, VQ_AVERAGE,VQ_BAD_RXFER, VQ_FER_THRESHOLD, VQ_GOOD_RXFER,VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD, VQ_RXLEV, VQ_RXQUAL,VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER).

Coding rules coded from 1 to 16

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 16 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / RMS & MAFA

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

556 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.412 (ROT) - (ROT)

HMI Name ROTParameter Name

Logical Name ROT

Definition Indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include "Time Difference"IE in HANDOVER COMPLETE.

Coding rules 0: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is NOT included in HANDOVERCOMPLETE,1: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is included in HANDOVERCOMPLETE

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 557 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.413 (RSL_RATE (BSC)) - (RSL_RATE (BSC))

HMI Name RSL_RATE (BSC)Parameter Name

Logical Name RSL_RATE (BSC)

Definition Rate used on all RSL links towards a BTS.

Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BTS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

558 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.414 (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC))

HMI Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MINParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC)

Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to thecell.

Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm.

Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -100

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 559 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.415 (RXLEV_DL_IH) - (RXLEV_DL_IH)

HMI Name RXLEV_DL_IHParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEV_DL_IH

Definition Downlink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercellhandover in case of bad downlink quality.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.

Mandatory rules RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -65

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Single -65 dBm (45)

Umbrella -65 dBm (45)

Concentric -65 dBm (45)

Concentric Umbrella -65 dBm (45)

Microcell -65 dBm (45)

Minicell -65 dBm (45)

Extended inner cell -70 dBm (40)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell -60 dBm (50)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

560 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.416 (RXLEV_DL_ZONE) - (RXLEV_DL_ZONE)

HMI Name RXLEV_DL_ZONEParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEV_DL_ZONE

Definition Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" ANDFREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or"EGSM" or "DCS 1900":RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies toconcentric and monoband cell.)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -71

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric -71 dBm (39)

Concentric Umbrella -71 dBm (39)

Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 561 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.417 (RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO) - (RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO)

HMI Name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HOParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO

Definition Threshold on the downlink received level above which it is notnecessary to trigger a handover on power budget (cause 12).

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits:0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -47

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Single -65 dBm (45)

Umbrella -65 dBm (45)

Concentric -65 dBm (45)

Concentric Umbrella -65 dBm (45)

Microcell -65 dBm (45)

Minicell -65 dBm (45)

Extended inner cell -70 dBm (40)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell -60 dBm (50)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

562 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.418 (RXLEV_MIN_n) - (RXLEVmin(n))

HMI Name RXLEV_MIN_nParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEVmin(n)

Definition Minimum level received from cell n to allow reception of handover.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -96

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection (+ Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)

External Comment –

Single -100 dBm (10)

Umbrella -100 dBm (10)

Concentric -100 dBm (10)

Concentric Umbrella -100 dBm (10)

Microcell -100 dBm (10)

Minicell -100 dBm (10)

Extended inner cell -100 dBm (10)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell -102 dBm (8)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 563 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.419 (RXLEV_UL_IH) - (RXLEV_UL_IH)

HMI Name RXLEV_UL_IHParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEV_UL_IH

Definition Uplink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercellhandover in case of bad uplink quality.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.

Mandatory rules RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -65

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Single -75 dBm (35)

Umbrella -75 dBm (35)

Concentric -75 dBm (35)

Concentric Umbrella -75 dBm (35)

Microcell -65 dBm (45)

Minicell -70 dBm (40)

Extended inner cell -75 dBm (35)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell -75 dBm (35)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

564 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.420 (RXLEV_UL_ZONE) - (RXLEV_UL_ZONE)

HMI Name RXLEV_UL_ZONEParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEV_UL_ZONE

Definition Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" ANDFREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or"EGSM" or "DCS 1900":RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies toconcentric and monoband cell.)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -78

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric -78 dBm (32)

Concentric Umbrella -78 dBm (32)

Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 565 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.421 (Schedule Period for Basic CBCH) -(Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH)

HMI Name Schedule Period for Basic CBCHParameter Name

Logical Name Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH

Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the basic CBCH.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

CBper 0 40 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

566 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.422 (Schedule period for Extended CBCH) -(Schedule_period_for_extended_CBCH)

HMI Name Schedule period for Extended CBCHParameter Name

Logical Name Schedule_period_for_extended_CBCH

Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the extended CBCH.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

CBper 0 40 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / SMSCB

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 567 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.423 (SDCCH_COUNTER) - (SDCCH_COUNTER)

HMI Name SDCCH_COUNTERParameter Name

Logical Name SDCCH_COUNTER

Definition Time during which SDCCH handovers are forbidden after completionof the Immediate Assignment procedure.

Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules SDCCH_COUNTER <= T_SDCCH_PC

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

2 x Samfr 0 31 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment "0" means that SDCCH handover is immediately allowed aftercompletion of the Immediate Assignment procedure.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

568 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.424 (SDCCH_HO) - (HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT)

HMI Name SDCCH_HOParameter Name

Logical Name HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT

Definition The flag inhibits/enables the execution of SDCCH handovers.

Coding rules 0: SDCCH HO enabled1: SDCCH HO disabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry

Single enable (0)

Umbrella enable (0)

Concentric enable (0)

Concentric Umbrella enable (0)

Microcell enable (0)

Minicell enable (0)

Extended inner cell disabled (1) *

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell disabled (1) *

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 569 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.425 (Send_CM_Enquiry) - (BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY)

HMI Name Send_CM_EnquiryParameter Name

Logical Name BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY

Definition Controls the trigger of Classmark Enquiry procedure at callestablishment time.

Coding rules 0: the classmark enquiry is never initiated by the BSC;1: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message withES IND flag set to 0, the BSC will always initiate a classmark enquiry;2: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST messagewith ES IND flag set to 0, the BSC will initiate the classmark enquiry ifalgorithm A5/1 is not available (information available in MS classmark1 IE sent in the LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST).

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 2 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

570 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.426 (Signalling Link Code) - (SLC)

HMI Name Signalling Link CodeParameter Name

Logical Name SLC

Definition Signalling Link Code.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem BSC

Instance N7 ch

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 15 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: EML RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access BSS parameters / A interface info

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 571 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.427 (SMSCB_Features_Set) - (SMSCB_Features_set)

HMI Name SMSCB_Features_SetParameter Name

Logical Name SMSCB_Features_set

Definition This parameter indicates which features are usable with the SMSCBproduct.

Coding rules 1: Features set 1, 2: Features set 2

Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE = "inactive".If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then CBC_Window shall be equalto "1"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then SMSCB_Recoveryshall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, thenfor all the BSC cells Use_of_Extended_CBCH shall be set to"No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cellsNb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH shall be set to "0"

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 2 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking

External Comment When migrating from FS1 to FS2,USE_OF_EXTENDED_CBCH shall be set to "Yes",CBC_WINDOW shall be set to 4.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

572 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.428 (SMSCB_Phase) - (SMSCB_Phase)

HMI Name SMSCB_PhaseParameter Name

Logical Name SMSCB_Phase

Definition This parameter indicates whether the feature operates in GSMPhase2 or Phase 2+ mode.

Coding rules 0: Phase 2, 1: Phase 2+

Mandatory rules If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS1", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to"phase2"'If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS2", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to"phase2+"SMSCB_Phase can be changed only whenSMSCB_STATE="inactive"

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 573 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.429 (SMSCB_Recovery) - (SMSCB_Recovery)

HMI Name SMSCB_RecoveryParameter Name

Logical Name SMSCB_Recovery

Definition This parameter indicates if the CBC accepts the recovery-indicationin Restart-Indication message.

Coding rules 0: No, 1: Yes

Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1"can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive"

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

574 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.430 (SMSCB_State) - (SMSCB_State)

HMI Name SMSCB_StateParameter Name

Logical Name SMSCB_State

Definition This flag indicates if the feature is activated or deactivated.

Coding rules 0: activated, 1: deactivated

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 575 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.431 (Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2) - (STRIP_O5_CM2)

HMI Name Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2Parameter Name

Logical Name STRIP_O5_CM2

Definition This flag controls the format of the "Classmark 2" IE sent to the MSC.

Coding rules 0: no modification on "Classmark2" IE, 1: octet 5 of "Classmark2" IEis stripped out

Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 atthe same time.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is forimplementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

576 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.432 (SYNCHRONISED_HO) - (EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO)

HMI Name SYNCHRONISED_HOParameter Name

Logical Name EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO

Definition This flag enables/disables synchronous handovers betweensynchronized cells.

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled whenCELL_TYPE is equal to "Extended inner" or "Extended outer".

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 577 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.433 (T(conn est)) - (T(conn est))

HMI Name T(conn est)Parameter Name

Logical Name T(conn est)

Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Connection Confirmmessage.

Coding rules step size = 0.5sec

Mandatory rules T(conn est) < T9105

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 10 127.5 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

578 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.434 (T(iar)) - (T(iar))

HMI Name T(iar)Parameter Name

Logical Name T(iar)

Definition SCCP timer supervising the activity on SCCP connection.

Coding rules step size = 6sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSCIt is recommended to configure T(iar) > (2 x T(ias) used by the MSC)+ 1 min

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 402 1530 1260

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 579 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.435 (T(ias)) - (T(ias))

HMI Name T(ias)Parameter Name

Logical Name T(ias)

Definition SCCP timer supervising the sending of Inactivity Test message.

Coding rules step size = 6sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSCIt is recommended to configure T(ias) < (T(iar) used by the MSC- 1 min) / 2

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 96 450 300

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

580 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.436 (T(rel)) - (T(rel))

HMI Name T(rel)Parameter Name

Logical Name T(rel)

Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Release Completemessage.

Coding rules step size = 0.5sec, coded from 16 to 255, 16 == 8 sec, 255 == 127.5sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 8 127.5 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 581 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.437 (T(sst)) - (T(sst))

HMI Name T(sst)Parameter Name

Logical Name T(sst)

Definition SCCP delay between sending of consecutive Subsystem Status Testmessages.

Coding rules step size = 6sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 6 1200 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

582 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.438 (T_BIND_CNF) - (T_BIND_CNF)

HMI Name T_BIND_CNFParameter Name

Logical Name T_BIND_CNF

Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response to a CBSE-BIND primitive.

Coding rules step size = 1 sec

Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 10 300 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 583 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.439 (T_BURST) - (T_BURST)

HMI Name T_BURSTParameter Name

Logical Name T_BURST

Definition Delay between consecutive bursts of BLOCK or UNBLOCKmessages.

Coding rules step size =0.1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 25.5 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

584 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.440 (T_HCP) - (T_HCP)

HMI Name T_HCPParameter Name

Logical Name T_HCP

Definition Time during which PING_PONG_HCP is applied after handover.

Coding rules step size= 1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 240 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO parameters / General HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 585 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.441 (T_HO_REQD_LOST) - (T_HO_REQD_LOST)

HMI Name T_HO_REQD_LOSTParameter Name

Logical Name T_HO_REQD_LOST

Definition Supervision of the MSC response after sending of HANDOVERREQUIRED.

Coding rules step size = 1sec

Mandatory rules T_HO_REQD_LOST > T7

Recommended rules T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum timefor external handover execution

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 6 120 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control

External Comment Depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

586 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.442 (T_IA) - (T_IA)

HMI Name T_IAParameter Name

Logical Name T_IA

Definition Indicates the maximum time a CS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENTmessage remains in the AGCH queue.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules T_IA<T3101

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 5 2.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 587 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.443 (T_INHIBIT_CPT) - (T_INHIBIT_CPT)

HMI Name T_INHIBIT_CPTParameter Name

Logical Name T_INHIBIT_CPT

Definition Time during which the HO Causes 14, 21, and 24 are inhibited.

Coding rules step size = 1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 240 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Hierarchical & Multiband HO Control

External Comment T_INHIBIT_CPT = 0 inhibits the anti ping-pong function.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

588 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.444 (T_MS_CELL_REJ) - (T_MS_CELL_REJ)

HMI Name T_MS_CELL_REJParameter Name

Logical Name T_MS_CELL_REJ

Definition Delay where the cells the MS failed to handover, cannot be selectedas targets in subsequent handover attempts.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 20 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 589 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.445 (T_PAG_CS) - (T_PAG_CS (BSC))

HMI Name T_PAG_CSParameter Name

Logical Name T_PAG_CS (BSC)

Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message canremain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay onA and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (MFS)

Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 25.5 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

590 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.446 (T_PAG_CS) - (T_PAG_CS (MFS))

HMI Name T_PAG_CSParameter Name

Logical Name T_PAG_CS (MFS)

Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message canremain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay onA and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (BSC)

Recommended rules T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 25.5 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 591 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.447 (T_QHO) - (T_qho)

HMI Name T_QHOParameter Name

Logical Name T_qho

Definition Maximum queuing time for Handover Requests.

Coding rules step size = 1sec

Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 20 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Min (20, Value of previous release)

592 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.448 (T_SDCCH_PC) - (T_SDCCH_PC)

HMI Name T_SDCCH_PCParameter Name

Logical Name T_SDCCH_PC

Definition Time during which power control on SDCCH is inhibited aftercompletion of the Immediate Assignment procedure.

Coding rules step size = 1 (2 x Samfr)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T_SDCCH_PC >= SDCCH_COUNTER

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

2 x Samfr 0 31 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 593 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.449 (T1) - (T1_short)

HMI Name T1Parameter Name

Logical Name T1_short

Definition Supervision of the Blocking/Unblocking procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 10 25.5 16

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

594 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.450 (T11) - (T11)

HMI Name T11Parameter Name

Logical Name T11

Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests.

Coding rules step size = 1 s

Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 19 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 595 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.451 (T11_FORCED) - (T11_FORCED)

HMI Name T11_FORCEDParameter Name

Logical Name T11_FORCED

Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests where queuing isnot allowed by the MSC.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 19 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

596 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.452 (T13) - (T13)

HMI Name T13Parameter Name

Logical Name T13

Definition Delay for acknowledgement of RESET received from MSC.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 6553.5 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 597 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.453 (T17) - (T17)

HMI Name T17Parameter Name

Logical Name T17

Definition Period of time where a new OVERLOAD that is received from theMSC, is not processed after reception of a processed OVERLOAD.

Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules T17 < T18_overload

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 6553.5 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

598 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.454 (T18) - (T18)

HMI Name T18Parameter Name

Logical Name T18

Definition Delay between consecutive debarring actions after a BSS outage.

Coding rules Step size: 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 6553.5 50

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / Overload and Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 599 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.455 (T18_OVERLOAD) - (T18_Overload)

HMI Name T18_OVERLOADParameter Name

Logical Name T18_Overload

Definition Delay between the latest MSC OVERLOAD message or DTCinternal overload detection and debarring action. Also delay betweenconsecutive debarring actions for overload procedure and Telecomglobal reset procedure.

Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules T18_OVERLOAD > T17

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 6553.5 50

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Barring

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

600 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.456 (T19) - (T19)

HMI Name T19Parameter Name

Logical Name T19

Definition Supervision of the Reset Circuit procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 25.5 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 601 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.457 (T20) - (T20)

HMI Name T20Parameter Name

Logical Name T20

Definition Supervision of Circuit Group Blocking procedure.

Coding rules step size=0.1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 10 25.5 16

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

602 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.458 (T200 (BSC)) - (T200 (BSC))

HMI Name T200 (BSC)Parameter Name

Logical Name T200 (BSC)

Definition Supervision of acknowledgements.

Coding rules step size: 100ms; (1: 100ms, 2: 200ms, 3: 300ms, 4: 400ms, .. ., 10: 1000ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 1000 ms.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance A-bis link

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 300 1000 300

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment The value of T200 (BSC) is driven by the associated Abis connectiontype.It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change ofAbis connection type)The default value 300 ms corresponds to Abis terrestrial link.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 603 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.459 (T3101) - (T3101)

HMI Name T3101Parameter Name

Logical Name T3101

Definition Supervision of the Immediate Assignment procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T3101 > 2s

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 25.5 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

604 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.460 (T3103) - (T3103)

HMI Name T3103Parameter Name

Logical Name T3103

Definition Supervision of the Internal Handover procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_D.T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_FR.T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_HR.T3103 > T3106_D.T3103 > T3106_F.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 25.5 16.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / HO Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 605 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.461 (T3105D) - (T3105_D)

HMI Name T3105DParameter Name

Logical Name T3105_D

Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATIONon SDCCH.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules T3105_D x Ny1 < T3103T3105_D x Ny1 < T9113

Recommended rules T3105_D x Ny1 > T3124T3105_D << T3124 (T3124 = 675 ms on SDCCH)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 200 220 200

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

606 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.462 (T3105D_STOP) - (T3105_D_STOP)

HMI Name T3105D_STOPParameter Name

Logical Name T3105_D_STOP

Definition Criterion to stop T3105_D timer.

Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception ofany correct L2 signalling frame

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 607 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.463 (T3105F_FR) - (T3105_F_FR)

HMI Name T3105F_FRParameter Name

Logical Name T3105_F_FR

Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATIONon FACCH for FR channels.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T3103T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T9113

Recommended rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 > T3124T3105_F_FR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 20 250 50

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

608 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.464 (T3105F_HR) - (T3105_F_HR)

HMI Name T3105F_HRParameter Name

Logical Name T3105_F_HR

Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATIONon FACCH for HR channels.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T3103T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T9113

Recommended rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 > T3124T3105_F_HR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 20 250 100

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 609 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.465 (T3105F_STOP) - (T3105_F_STOP)

HMI Name T3105F_STOPParameter Name

Logical Name T3105_F_STOP

Definition Criterion to stop T3105_F timer.

Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception ofany correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

610 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.466 (T3106D) - (T3106_D)

HMI Name T3106DParameter Name

Logical Name T3106_D

Definition Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the targetcell in case of SDCCH synchronous handover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules T3106_D < T3103T3106_D < T9113

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 1100 1500 1200

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 611 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.467 (T3106D_STOP) - (T3106_D_STOP)

HMI Name T3106D_STOPParameter Name

Logical Name T3106_D_STOP

Definition Criterion to stop T3106_D timer.

Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception ofany correct L2 signalling frame

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

612 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.468 (T3106F) - (T3106_F)

HMI Name T3106FParameter Name

Logical Name T3106_F

Definition Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the targetcell in case of TCH synchronous handover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules T3106_F < T3103T3106_F < T9113

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 500 1000 1000

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 613 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.469 (T3106F_STOP) - (T3106_F_STOP)

HMI Name T3106F_STOPParameter Name

Logical Name T3106_F_STOP

Definition Criterion to stop T3106_F timer.

Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception ofany correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

614 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.470 (T3107) - (T3107)

HMI Name T3107Parameter Name

Logical Name T3107

Definition Supervision of the Assignment procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 25.5 14

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 615 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.471 (T3109) - (T3109)

HMI Name T3109Parameter Name

Logical Name T3109

Definition Supervision of the Channel Release procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 35 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

616 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.472 (T3111) - (T3111)

HMI Name T3111Parameter Name

Logical Name T3111

Definition Delay of the RF Channel Release procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 2 0.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 617 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.473 (T3212) - (T3212 (BSC))

HMI Name T3212Parameter Name

Logical Name T3212 (BSC)

Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutivePeriodic Location Update procedures.

Coding rules 0: no periodic location update

Mandatory rules Equal to T3212 (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

6 mn 0 255 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

618 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.474 (T4) - (T4)

HMI Name T4Parameter Name

Logical Name T4

Definition Supervision of RESET message sent to the MSC.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 2 6553.5 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment T4 shall be set greater than T2 (timer in MSC).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 619 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.475 (T7) - (T7)

HMI Name T7Parameter Name

Logical Name T7

Definition Timer controlling the repetition of HANDOVER REQUIRED.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules T7 < T_HO_REQD_LOST

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 20 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / Handover Control

External Comment Default value depends on MSC type

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

620 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.476 (T8) - (T8)

HMI Name T8Parameter Name

Logical Name T8

Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the serving BSC.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 25.5 14

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / Handover Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 621 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.477 (T9104) - (T9104)

HMI Name T9104Parameter Name

Logical Name T9104

Definition Supervision of the call clearing procedure when triggered by the BSC.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 25.5 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

622 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.478 (T9105) - (T9105)

HMI Name T9105Parameter Name

Logical Name T9105

Definition Supervision of the SCCP Connection procedure.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules T9105 > T(conn est)

Recommended rules T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 11 6553,5 31

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 623 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.479 (T9112) - (T9112)

HMI Name T9112Parameter Name

Logical Name T9112

Definition Supervision of the channel modification in the MS.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T9112 >= 15s. T9112 <= T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timersupervising the Modify procedure.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 6553,5 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Procedures / General Timers and procedure

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

624 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.480 (T9113) - (T9113)

HMI Name T9113Parameter Name

Logical Name T9113

Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the target BSC.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules T9113 > T3105_D x Ny1. T9113 > T3105_F x Ny1. T9113 >T3106_D. T9113 > T3106_F

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 25.5 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / HO/Reselection / Handover Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 625 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.481 (TA_STAT) - (TA_STAT)

HMI Name TA_STATParameter Name

Logical Name TA_STAT

Definition Threshold on timing advance to define the cell limit used for RadioMeasurements Statistics.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bper 0 63 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / RMS & MAFA

External Comment 1 bper corresponds to about 550m

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

626 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.482 (TCH load threshold for Auto AC) - (N_threshold)

HMI Name TCH load threshold for Auto ACParameter Name

Logical Name N_threshold

Definition Threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage for automatic barringof access classes.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 100

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: RRM

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 627 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.483 (TEMPORARY_OFFSET) - (TEMPORARY_OFFSET)

HMI Name TEMPORARY_OFFSETParameter Name

Logical Name TEMPORARY_OFFSET

Definition Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME.

Coding rules step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 infinity 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection

External Comment If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via theprovisioning context of the OMC.

Single 0 dB (0)

Umbrella 0 dB (0)

Concentric 0 dB (0)

Concentric Umbrella 0 dB (0)

Microcell infinity (7)

Minicell infinity (7)

Extended inner cell 0 dB (0)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 0 dB (0)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

628 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.484 (TFO HR when loaded) - (FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED)

HMI Name TFO HR when loadedParameter Name

Logical Name FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED

Definition Flag to control the establishment of TFO in Half rate when the cell isloaded.

Coding rules 0 : TFO HR not forced, 1 : TFO HR only, 2 : TFO HR preferred

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH shouldbe set to 1

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 2 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment If this flag is set to 1, and if for load reasons the call is establishedwith HR codec, it will stay in HR.If this flag is set to 2, if for load reasons the call is established with HRcodec, and if TFO is not possible in HR, the BSC will try to establishTFO with FR or EFR codec, provided that EN_TFO_MATCH=1.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 629 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.485 (THR_CCCH_LOAD) - (THR_CCCH_LOAD)

HMI Name THR_CCCH_LOADParameter Name

Logical Name THR_CCCH_LOAD

Definition Threshold triggering the sending of CCCH LOAD INDICATIONmessage.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 100 3000 500

Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

630 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.486 (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) - (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1)

HMI Name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1Parameter Name

Logical Name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1

Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell.

Coding rules step size = 10%

Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 &THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3

Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 value, it isrecommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell isgreater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) /100*total number ofTCH in the cell.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 100

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 631 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.487 (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) - (THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3)

HMI Name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3Parameter Name

Logical Name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3

Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual ratecell supporting AMR HR.

Coding rules Step size = 10%

Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 &THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1

Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 value, it isrecommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell isgreater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) /100*total number ofTCH in the cell.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 100

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

632 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.488 (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) - (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1)

HMI Name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1Parameter Name

Logical Name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1

Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell.

Coding rules Step size = 10%

Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 &THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3

Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 value, it isrecommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell isgreater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) /100*total number ofTCH in the cell.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 100

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 633 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.489 (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) - (THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3)

HMI Name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3Parameter Name

Logical Name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3

Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy of AMR HR in a dual ratecell supporting AMR HR.

Coding rules Step size = 10%

Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 &THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1

Recommended rules When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 value, it isrecommanded to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell isgreater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) /100*total number ofTCH in the cell.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 100

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 2/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70

634 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.490 (THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH) - (THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH)

HMI Name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGHParameter Name

Logical Name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH

Definition Threshold for channel adaptation under high load.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70)

Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 635 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.491 (THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL) - (THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL)

HMI Name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMALParameter Name

Logical Name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL

Definition Threshold for channel adaptation under normal load.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70)

Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

636 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.492 (TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD) - (TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD)

HMI Name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD

Definition Periodicity of traffic load update in resource allocation algorithms =N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem OMC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 2 3264 120

Modifiable OMC Changes: Displayed(PRC&SC) RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment The given default value corresponds to the value calculated by theOMC, based on the values of N_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which dependson the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value),A_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, notreflected by DLS default value), TCH_INFO_PERIOD.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 637 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.493 (TRX zone) - (ZONE_TYPE)

HMI Name TRX zoneParameter Name

Logical Name ZONE_TYPE

Definition Determines which TRX(s) belong to the inner zone and which TRX(s)belong to the outer zone of a concentric cell.

Coding rules Coded as a 16 bits bitmap. Each bit specifies the zone thecorresponding TRX (if declared) belongs to. 0: Outer zone, 1: Innerzone.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type List of numbers

SubSystem BSC

Instance TRX

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 65535 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Radio Channel Config. / TRX Configuration

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric #

Concentric Umbrella #

Microcell N/A

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

638 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.494 (TSC) - (TSC)

HMI Name TSCParameter Name

Logical Name TSC

Definition Training Sequence Code for any (packet) channel except for BCCH,CCCH and CBCH

Coding rules coded over 3 bits

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here isfor implementation purposes.

Two training sequence codes are used in Alcatel BSS:*) TSC for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH: the BSS sets the TSC to theO&M parameter BCC. This behaviour is compliant to 3GPP TS 05.02which states that for BCCH and CCCH, the TSC must be equal tothe BCC. In Alcatel BSS, for CBCH, the TSC is also set to BCC.**) TSC for any other (packet) channel: the BSS sets the TSC tothe O&M parameter TSC.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 639 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.495 (TX_INTEGER) - (Tx_integer (BSC))

HMI Name TX_INTEGERParameter Name

Logical Name Tx_integer (BSC)

Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNELREQUEST.

Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32,50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111

Mandatory rules Equal to Tx_integer (MFS)

Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, itis recommended to set:TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF= 0TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1.

When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it isrecommended to set:TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.

The number of slots belonging to the MS’s RACH between 2successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawnrandomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in theset (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on theCCCH configuration as shown below:

1) for non combined CCCH:- Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 –> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms)- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 –> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms)- Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 –> S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms)- Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 –> S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms)Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 –> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms)

2) for combined CCCH:- Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 –> S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms)- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 –> S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms)- Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 –> S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms)- Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 –> S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms)- Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 –> S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms)

Note:- In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACHframes per 51-multiframe- In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH framesper 51-multiframe.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

640 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 3 50 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set:TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF= 0TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 641 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.496 (U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO) - (U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO)

HMI Name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHOParameter Name

Logical Name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO

Definition Downlink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover.

Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -47

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A

Concentric Umbrella N/A

Microcell -91 dBm (19)

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

642 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.497 (U_RXLEV_DL_P) - (U_RXLEV_DL_P)

HMI Name U_RXLEV_DL_PParameter Name

Logical Name U_RXLEV_DL_P

Definition Upper downlink level threshold for power control.

Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_DL_P > L_RXLEV_DL_P

Recommended rules U_RXLEV_DL_P >= L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -75

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 643 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.498 (U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO) - (U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO)

HMI Name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHOParameter Name

Logical Name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO

Definition Uplink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover.

Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -47

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A

Concentric Umbrella N/A

Microcell -98 dBm (12)

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

644 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.499 (U_RXLEV_UL_P) - (U_RXLEV_UL_P)

HMI Name U_RXLEV_UL_PParameter Name

Logical Name U_RXLEV_UL_P

Definition Upper uplink level threshold for power control.

Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_UL_P > L_RXLEV_UL_P

Recommended rules U_RXLEV_UL_P >= L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -75

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Single -85 dBm (25)

Umbrella -85 dBm (25)

Concentric -85 dBm (25)

Concentric Umbrella -85 dBm (25)

Microcell -75 dBm (35)

Minicell -85 dBm (25)

Extended inner cell -85 dBm (25)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell -85 dBm (25)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 645 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.500 (U_RXQUAL_DL_P) - (U_RXQUAL_DL_P)

HMI Name U_RXQUAL_DL_PParameter Name

Logical Name U_RXQUAL_DL_P

Definition Upper downlink quality threshold for power control.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment Highest value is the worst quality

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

646 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.501 (U_RXQUAL_UL_P) - (U_RXQUAL_UL_P)

HMI Name U_RXQUAL_UL_PParameter Name

Logical Name U_RXQUAL_UL_P

Definition Upper uplink quality threshold for power control.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Quality

External Comment Highest value is the worst quality

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 647 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.502 (UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCE) - (U_TIME_ADVANCE)

HMI Name UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCEParameter Name

Logical Name U_TIME_ADVANCE

Definition Timing Advance threshold for distance handover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bper 0 63 63

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Distance

External Comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m

Single 35 km (63)

Umbrella 35 km (63)

Concentric 35 km (63)

Concentric Umbrella 35 km (63)

Microcell 1 km (2)

Minicell 35 km (63)

Extended inner cell 34.5 km (62)

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell 35 km (63)

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

648 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.503 (VQ_AVERAGE) - (VQ_AVERAGE)

HMI Name VQ_AVERAGEParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_AVERAGE

Definition Average window size on measurements to obtain samples for VoiceQuality statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

Samfr 0 128 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Description

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 649 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.504 (VQ_BAD_RXFER) - (VQ_BAD_RXFER)

HMI Name VQ_BAD_RXFERParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_BAD_RXFER

Definition Radio bad FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for VoiceQuality statistics.

Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, …, 200 = 20%)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 20 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Description

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

650 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.505 (VQ_FER_THRESHOLD) - (VQ_FER_THRESHOLD)

HMI Name VQ_FER_THRESHOLDParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD

Definition Radio FER threshold to detect calls with bad speech quality for VoiceQuality statistics.

Coding rules step size = 1%

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Description

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 651 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.506 (VQ_GOOD_RXFER) - (VQ_GOOD_RXFER)

HMI Name VQ_GOOD_RXFERParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_GOOD_RXFER

Definition Radio good FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for VoiceQuality statistics.

Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, …, 200 = 20%)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 20 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Description

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

652 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.507 (VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD) - (VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD)

HMI Name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLDParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD

Definition Radio interference threshold to detect noisy calls for Voice Qualitystatistics.

Coding rules step size = 1%

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Description

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 653 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.508 (VQ_RXLEV) - (VQ_RXLEV)

HMI Name VQ_RXLEVParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_RXLEV

Definition Radio level threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Qualitystatistics.

Coding rules 0 = -110 dBm, 1 = -109 dBm, 62 = -48 dBm, 63 = -47 dBm, step= 1dBm

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -95

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Description

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

654 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.509 (VQ_RXQUAL) - (VQ_RXQUAL)

HMI Name VQ_RXQUALParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_RXQUAL

Definition Radio quality threshold to specify bad quality samples for VoiceQuality statistics.

Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Description

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 655 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.510 (VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER) - (VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER)

HMI Name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFERParameter Name

Logical Name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER

Definition Radio quality threshold to specify correlation between qualitysamples for Voice Quality statistics.

Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit RMS Template / Template X…/ Description

External Comment Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can bedefined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameterRMS_template).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

656 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.511 (W_LEV_HO) - (W_LEV_HO)

HMI Name W_LEV_HOParameter Name

Logical Name W_LEV_HO

Definition Weight applicable to level samples for handover when no DTX isapplied.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 3 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 657 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.512 (W_LEV_MCHO) - (W_LEV_MCHO)

HMI Name W_LEV_MCHOParameter Name

Logical Name W_LEV_MCHO

Definition Weight applicable to level samples for microcell handover when noDTX is applied.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 3 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO Parameters / Lower Layer HO Control

External Comment –

Single N/A

Umbrella N/A

Concentric N/A

Concentric Umbrella N/A

Microcell 1

Minicell N/A

Extended inner cell N/A

Cell Type Dependent

Extended outer cell N/A

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

658 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.513 (W_LEV_PC) - (W_LEV_PC)

HMI Name W_LEV_PCParameter Name

Logical Name W_LEV_PC

Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power control when no DTXis applied.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 3 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 659 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.514 (W_PBGT_HO) - (W_PBGT_HO)

HMI Name W_PBGT_HOParameter Name

Logical Name W_PBGT_HO

Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power budget when no DTXis applied.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 3 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

660 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.515 (W_QUAL_CA) - (W_QUAL_CA)

HMI Name W_QUAL_CAParameter Name

Logical Name W_QUAL_CA

Definition Averaging weight applicable for full quality (Channel adaptation).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 3 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 661 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.516 (W_QUAL_HO) - (W_QUAL_HO)

HMI Name W_QUAL_HOParameter Name

Logical Name W_QUAL_HO

Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for handover when no DTXis applied.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 3 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

662 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.517 (W_QUAL_PC) - (W_QUAL_PC)

HMI Name W_QUAL_PCParameter Name

Logical Name W_QUAL_PC

Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for power control when no DTXis applied.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 3 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Averaging PC-HO Window Size

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 663 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.518 (WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING) - (MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING)

HMI Name WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKINGParameter Name

Logical Name MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING

Definition This flag indicates if the BSC sends a Q.704 TRA message upon firstreception of SLTA from the MSC.

Coding rules 0 : TRA not sent upon first SLTA reception, 1 : TRA sent upon firstSLTA reception

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / MSC interworking

External Comment This flag is set to 1 for interworking with a "White Book" MSC. It is setto 0 for interworking with a "Blue Book" MSC.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

664 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.519 (WI_CR) - (WI_CR)

HMI Name WI_CRParameter Name

Logical Name WI_CR

Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "CallRe-establishment".

Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENTREJECT message is sent.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 665 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.520 (WI_EC) - (WI_EC)

HMI Name WI_ECParameter Name

Logical Name WI_EC

Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Emergency call".

Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENTREJECT message is sent.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

666 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.521 (WI_OC) - (WI_OC)

HMI Name WI_OCParameter Name

Logical Name WI_OC

Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Originating call".

Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENTREJECT message is sent.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 667 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.522 (WI_OP) - (WI_OP)

HMI Name WI_OPParameter Name

Logical Name WI_OP

Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Locationupdating" or "Other procedures which can be completed with anSDCCH".

Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENTREJECT message is sent.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 255 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Timers

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

668 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.523 (ZONE_HO_HYST_DL) - (ZONE_HO_HYST_DL)

HMI Name ZONE_HO_HYST_DLParameter Name

Logical Name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL

Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zonehandover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -40 40 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 669 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.2.524 (ZONE_HO_HYST_UL) - (ZONE_HO_HYST_UL)

HMI Name ZONE_HO_HYST_ULParameter Name

Logical Name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL

Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zonehandover.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -40 40 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / HO & PC thresholds / Level

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

670 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.3 System (CST)

3.3.1 (Interference band 5 upper limit) - (INTFBD5)

HMI Name Interference band 5 upper limitParameter Name

Logical Name INTFBD5

Definition Upper limit of interference band 5.

Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category System (CST)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -47

Modifiable OMC Changes: displayed RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Dedicated Radio Resources 1/3

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 671 / 1041

3 GSM Telecom Parameters

3.3.2 (SMSCB_Mode) - (SMSCB_Mode)

HMI Name SMSCB_ModeParameter Name

Logical Name SMSCB_Mode

Definition This parameter enables to select the mode of operation, eitherOMC-R or CBC.

Coding rules 0: OMC-R, 1: CBC

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category System (CST)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Interworking / CBC interworking

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

672 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 673 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1 Network (CDE)

4.1.1 (BSSGP_T3) - (bssgp_T3)

HMI Name BSSGP_T3Parameter Name

Logical Name bssgp_T3

Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Suspend acknowledgement fromSGSN.

Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; … ; 10: 1 ; … ; 100: 10

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 10 0.6

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

674 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.2 (BSSGP_T4) - (bssgp_T4)

HMI Name BSSGP_T4Parameter Name

Logical Name bssgp_T4

Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Resume acknowledgement fromSGSN.

Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; … ; 10: 1 ; … ; 100: 10

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1))

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 10 0.6

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 675 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.3 (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING) -(EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING)

HMI Name EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTINGParameter Name

Logical Name EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING

Definition This flag enables / disables autonomous rerouting of DL LLC PDUs.

Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBFfeature (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) and the DL PDU reroutingfeature (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING)

Category Network (CDE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

676 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.4 (EN_CBL) - (EN_CBL)

HMI Name EN_CBLParameter Name

Logical Name EN_CBL

Definition This flag enables / disables CBL feature (Leaky BucketSynchronisation)

Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 677 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.5 (FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC) - (FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC)

HMI Name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVCParameter Name

Logical Name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC

Definition Safety factor to size BVC_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flowcontrol, on Gb interface.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 100 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

678 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.6 (FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS) - (FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS)

HMI Name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MSParameter Name

Logical Name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS

Definition Safety factor to size default MS_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlinkflow control, on Gb interface.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS should be set to a value corresponding tothe maximum multi-slot class of the MS present on the network

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 10 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 679 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.7 (K_GSL (BSC)) - (K_GSL (BSC))

HMI Name K_GSL (BSC)Parameter Name

Logical Name K_GSL (BSC)

Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:- K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links inall cells of the MFS to which the BSC is connected.- K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links inat least one cell of the MFS to which the BSC is connected.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 16 7

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment This parameter shall be equal to K_GSL (MFS).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

680 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.8 (K_GSL (MFS)) - (K_GSL (MFS))

HMI Name K_GSL (MFS)Parameter Name

Logical Name K_GSL (MFS)

Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:- K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links inall cells of the MFS.- K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite linksin at least one cell of the MFS.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 16 7

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment This parameter shall be equal to K_GSL (BSC).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 681 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.9 (MAX_BLER) - (MAX_BLER)

HMI Name MAX_BLERParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_BLER

Definition Maximum mean BLER value that a TBF can possibly reach

Coding rules step size = 0,05

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 0,95 0,35

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment The MAX_BLER value is used by RRM to evaluate the minimumnumber of GCHs necessary to support RT traffic on a TRX.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

682 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.10 (N391) - (N391)

HMI Name N391Parameter Name

Logical Name N391

Definition Number of polling cycles before Frame Relay " full status enquiry"(see ITU Q.933 Annex A, §A.7).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 255 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 683 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.11 (N392) - (N392)

HMI Name N392Parameter Name

Logical Name N392

Definition Error threshold (Frame Relay, see Q.933, Annex A).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 10 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

684 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.12 (N393) - (N393)

HMI Name N393Parameter Name

Logical Name N393

Definition Monitored error counts (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933 Annex A, §A.7).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 10 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 685 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.13 (NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN) - (NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN)

HMI Name NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGINParameter Name

Logical Name NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN

Definition For a PDCH, percentage of channel capacity (in terms of radioblock scheduling) which is exclusively reserved to NRT TBFs. Thatcapacity is not allowed to be allocated to a streaming TBF (RT PFC).

Coding rules step size = 1%

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 7

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment In each direction (DL or UL), the minimum number of NRTTBFs which are possible (in all cases) to be established ona PDCH is equal to ((NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN/100) *(T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING/20ms)) rounded down to theclosest integer value. This minimum number of NRT TBFs isguaranteed even in case of RT PFC allocation on the PDCH.

The higher the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higherthe risks of rejecting RT PFC creation requests.The lower the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higherthe risks of rejecting NRT TBF establishment requests (signallingor data traffic).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

686 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.14 (PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER) - (PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER)

HMI Name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDERParameter Name

Logical Name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER

Definition Authorize or inhibit DL LLC PDU ordering according to the remainingPDU lifetime.

Coding rules 0: ordering disabled, 1 : ordering enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Should be set to "ordering disabled", when the MFS interfaces withan Ericsson SGSN or any SGSN modifying the PDU Lifetime valueduring data flows addressed to the same MS on the same LLC SAPIin a non-acceptable manner, otherwise should be set to "orderingenabled".

Category Network (CDE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Customer BUL file

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 687 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.15 (S_BECN) - (S_BECN)

HMI Name S_BECNParameter Name

Logical Name S_BECN

Definition Number of consecutive frames with BECN bit before congestion isstated.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 255 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Customer BUL files

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

688 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.16 (SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR) -(SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR)

HMI Name SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTORParameter Name

Logical Name SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR

Definition When computing the best candidate timeslot allocation for an NRTTBF, this factor enables to give a higher weight (PDCH capacity)to the already-established NRT TBFs having a higher schedulingpriority (combination of THP and of Precedence) than the TBF to beestablished or reallocated.This factor will tend to avoid piling up several TBFs with differentscheduling priorities on the same PDCHs, which would degrade thethroughput of the low-priority TBFs.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 10 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment The higher the value of T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING is, thehigher the value of SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR shall be,in order to avoid degrading the throughput of the low-priority TBFsin a significant manner (if it is possible according to the availablePDCHs in the cell).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 689 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.17 (T_ACK_WAIT) - (T_ACK_WAIT)

HMI Name T_ACK_WAITParameter Name

Logical Name T_ACK_WAIT

Definition Timer defining the maximum time to wait for an MS answer (i.e.Packet Control Ack or beginning of an UL TBF) to a networksolicitation sent on PACCH/DL when the MS is in PTM, or on PPCHwhen the MS is in PIM and non-DRX mode.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellitelinks:- T_ack_wait = 1200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis andAter terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS.- T_ack_wait = 1700 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abissatellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 5 1.2

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

690 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.18 (T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH) - (T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH)

HMI Name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCHParameter Name

Logical Name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH

Definition Timer defining the maximum time to wait for a MS answer (i.e. PacketControl Ack) to a network sollicitation sent on PPCH when the MS isin PIM and DRX mode.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec ; 0 = 0; 1 = 0.1;... ;100 = 10

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellitelinks:- T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 2.5 s if GPRS traffic is carriedthrough Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,- T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 3 s if GPRS traffic is carried eitherthrough Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cellof the MFS.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 10 2.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 691 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.19 (T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC) -(T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC)

HMI Name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOCParameter Name

Logical Name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC

Definition Timer value controlling the time duration between successiveresource reallocation attempts for candidate MSs (triggers T3 andT4).In a given cell, at each expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOCtimer :- up to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4 T4 TBF reallocationattempts are performed,- up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3 T3 TBF reallocationattempts are performed

Coding rules step size = 1 sec; value 1 means 1 sec; value 2 means 2 sec, andso on

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all thecells of the BSS.This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs arereleased and reestablished again some moments later. This way, theT3 and T4 TBF reallocations can benefit from the GCHs which arecurrently unused, but still established.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 20 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Customer BUL files

External Comment This parameter, together with the parametersN_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3 andN_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4, allows to:- to control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T3 and T4 TBFreallocations,- and to control the extra CPU load generated by T3 andT4 TBF reallocation attempts (the lowest the value ofT_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the highest the generated CPUload).

692 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 693 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.20 (T_GCH_release) - (Trelease)

HMI Name T_GCH_releaseParameter Name

Logical Name Trelease

Definition Supervision of GCH link release for 16k channel.

Coding rules step size = 100 ms

Mandatory rules Trelease > TdslTreq_pending > Trelease

Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellitelinks:- Trelease = 500 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Aterterrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,- Trelease = 1000 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abissatellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 200 1200 500

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCHchannels. Former HMI name Trelease.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

694 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.21 (T_GPRS_Resume) - (T_GPRS_Resume)

HMI Name T_GPRS_ResumeParameter Name

Logical Name T_GPRS_Resume

Definition Timer used by BSC, to wait for Resume acknowledgement fromSGSN before releasing the CS channel.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec, coded from 2 to 50

Mandatory rules T_GPRS_Resume < T3240 (10s)

Recommended rules T_GPRS_Resume > (BSSGP_T4 * (Resume_retries+1))

It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:- T_GPRS_RESUME = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Aterterrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,- T_GPRS_RESUME = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Atersatellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.2 5 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment T3240 is a MS timer see 3GPP TS 24.008

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

TypeMigration

Rule –

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 695 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.22 (T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING) -(T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING)

HMI Name T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULINGParameter Name

Logical Name T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING

Definition Maximum time between two scheduling of a given NRT TBF (eitherbetween two DL block requests for a NRT DL TBF, or between twoUL blocks received for a given NRT UL TBF).

Coding rules step size = 20 ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0,12 5 0,3

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

696 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.23 (T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTENCE) -(T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTENCE)

HMI Name T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTENCEParameter Name

Logical Name T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTENCE

Definition This timer controls the duration during which a MS context is keptafter receipt of a FLUSH-LL.

Coding rules step size = 100 ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 0 5000 1000

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 697 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.24 (T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD) -(T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD)

HMI Name T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARDParameter Name

Logical Name T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD

Definition This timer controls the maximum time during which a GPU waits forthe response to a rerouting request.

Coding rules step size = 50 ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 50 2000 500

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

698 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.25 (T_ul_2_ph_access) - (T_One_Block)

HMI Name T_ul_2_ph_accessParameter Name

Logical Name T_One_Block

Definition - For Non Evolium BTS :Timer to postpone the release of one slave PDCH, when it doesnot support any (E)GPRS traffic, but a one uplink block has beenallocated on it to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF establishment.- For Evolium BTS :Timer to postpone the release of the M-EGCH link of a TRX, whenthe TRX does not support any (E)GPRS traffic, but a one uplink blockhas been allocated to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF establishmenton one of the RTSs of the TRX

Coding rules step size = 1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellitelinks:- T_one_block = 4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Aterterrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,- T_one_block = 5 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abissatellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 3 10 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 699 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.26 (T_ul_access_max) - (T_ul_access_max)

HMI Name T_ul_access_maxParameter Name

Logical Name T_ul_access_max

Definition Timer to limit the duration of an UL TBF establishment.

Coding rules step size = 50 ms, 0 = 0 ms, 1 = 50 ms,... , 100 = 5000 ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules The two following rules are recommended:i) The Time T_ul_access_max shall be longer than the duration of aradio allocation requested towards the BSC.ii) A too long value of T_ul_access_max may lead to reserveunnecessarily radio resources. It is recommended to setT_ul_access_max = T_repeat + 240 ms – Round_Trip_Delay, wherethe T_Repeat is the maximum time between two successive packetchannel requests, 240 ms is a given margin. The value of T_Repeatdepends on the parameters S, TX_INT, and TX_INTEGER.

It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending onwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:- T_ul_access_max = 1400 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Aterterrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS,- T_ul_access_max = 1900 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Atersatellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 0 5000 1400

Modifiable OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

700 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.27 (T_WAIT_FLUSH) - (T_WAIT_FLUSH)

HMI Name T_WAIT_FLUSHParameter Name

Logical Name T_WAIT_FLUSH

Definition Timer monitoring the receipt of a Flush message or a GPRS suspendmessage further to the release of the on-going TBF(s)

Coding rules Step size : 0.5 sec1 coded 1; 1,5 coded 2; 2 coded 3; 2,5 coded 4; ….15,5 coded 30 and 16 coded 31

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules The timer T_WAIT_FLUSH shall be set to the maximum cellreselection duration plus the time for the MS to switch back to the oldcell and send a Packet Cell Change Failure message.

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 16 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 701 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.28 (T1) - (bssgp_T1)

HMI Name T1Parameter Name

Logical Name bssgp_T1

Definition Guards the (un)blocking procedures.

Coding rules step size=1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 30 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Customer BUL file

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

702 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.29 (T2) - (bssgp_T2)

HMI Name T2Parameter Name

Logical Name bssgp_T2

Definition Guards the reset procedure.

Coding rules step size=1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 120 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Customer BUL file

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 703 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.30 (T391) - (T391)

HMI Name T391Parameter Name

Logical Name T391

Definition Link integrity verification polling timer (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933,Annex A, §A.7).

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 5 30 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Customer BUL file

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

704 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.31 (TnsBlock) - (Tns_block)

HMI Name TnsBlockParameter Name

Logical Name Tns_block

Definition Time-out to trigger the block/unblock procedure.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 120 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Customer BUL file

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 705 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.32 (TnsReset) - (Tns_reset)

HMI Name TnsResetParameter Name

Logical Name Tns_reset

Definition Time-out for reset procedure.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 120 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Customer BUL file

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

706 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.33 (TnsTest) - (Tns_test)

HMI Name TnsTestParameter Name

Logical Name Tns_test

Definition Overall time-out to test an NS-VC.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 60 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Customer BUL file

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 707 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.1.34 (Treq_pending) - (Treq_pending)

HMI Name Treq_pendingParameter Name

Logical Name Treq_pending

Definition Maximum time during which a GCH establishment or release requestfrom PMU can be delayed in MEGCH layer.

Coding rules step size = 20 ms

Mandatory rules Treq_pending > Trelease + Tcorr

Recommended rules Treq_pending > Testab + Tcorr

Category Network (CDE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 1000 5200 2000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

708 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2 Site (CAE)

4.2.1 (ACCESS_BURST_TYPE) - (ACCESS_BURST_TYPE)

HMI Name ACCESS_BURST_TYPEParameter Name

Logical Name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE

Definition Format of the access burst used by (E)GPRS MSs whensending a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST, a PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGEMENT or a PTCCH/U message.

Coding rules 0 : 8 bits access bursts, 1 : 11 bits access bursts

Mandatory rules - For Non-Evolium BTS (i.e. DRFU BTS), the OMC-R shall force theACCESS_BURST_TYPE parameter to "8-bits access bursts".- A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall havethe same ACCESS_BURST_TYPE when they are PS capable.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Cnct Ctrl 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 709 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.2 (Allowed priority classes) - (PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD(BSC))

HMI Name Allowed priority classesParameter Name

Logical Name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)

Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priorityclass is allowed to do Packet access.

Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access not allowed in the cell;011:packet access allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet accessallowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access allowed for prioritylevel 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4

Mandatory rules Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 6 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

710 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.3 (Allowed priority classes) - (PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD(MFS))

HMI Name Allowed priority classesParameter Name

Logical Name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS)

Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priorityclass is allowed to do a Packet access.

Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access is not allowed in the cell;011:packet access is allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet accessis allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access is allowed forpriority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4

Mandatory rules Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 6 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2

External Comment Persistence level parameter for priority (i) is meaningless if the RadioPriority (i) is not allowed

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 711 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.4 (ALPHA) - (ALPHA (BSC))

HMI Name ALPHAParameter Name

Logical Name ALPHA (BSC)

Definition Alpha power control parameter.

Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binarycoded : 0000, 0001, 0010 … 1010

Mandatory rules Equal to ALPHA (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

712 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.5 (ALPHA) - (ALPHA (MFS))

HMI Name ALPHAParameter Name

Logical Name ALPHA (MFS)

Definition Alpha power control parameter.

Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binarycoded : 0000, 0001, 0010 … 1010

Mandatory rules Equal to ALPHA (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 713 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.6 (Ater_Usage_Threshold) - (Ater_Usage_Threshold)

HMI Name Ater_Usage_ThresholdParameter Name

Logical Name Ater_Usage_Threshold

Definition Threshold (percentage of used Ater nibbles, in a GPU) above whichthe Ater usage is said "high".

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherentwith a high value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will avoid reaching thesaturation point of 100% of the Ater resources used at the samemoment in the GPU).Reciprocally, a high value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usagecan be coherent with a low value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it willlimit the risks of wasting, i.e. of not using, Ater resources in the GPU).

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 1 100 70

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment When the Ater usage is "high", theGCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usage is applied,whereas when the Ater usage is "normal" (i.e. percentage of usedAter nibbles is below the threshold), no GCH reduction factor isapplied.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

714 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.7 (BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY) - (BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY)

HMI Name BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITYParameter Name

Logical Name BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY

Definition Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined Best EffortPacket Flow Context, and for all MS traffic without PFC

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 15 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment Default value corresponds to the priority for interactive THP3.The minimum value (the highest priority) corresponds to one prioritylevel below the streaming class.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 715 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.8 (BS_AG_BLKS_RES) - (BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS))

HMI Name BS_AG_BLKS_RESParameter Name

Logical Name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS)

Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel(AGCH), broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment.

Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7)

Mandatory rules -BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a givencell-when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell,BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0-When EN_VGCS is disabled :. if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1-When EN_VGCS is enabled :. If BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >=NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS. if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel

External Comment Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

716 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.9 (BS_CV_MAX) - (BS_CV_MAX (BSC))

HMI Name BS_CV_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name BS_CV_MAX (BSC)

Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) bythe MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered.One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCHbefore the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed.

Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111).

Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (MFS)

Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" roundtrip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledgedblocks and minimise window-stalled situations.If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplinkretransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed.It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellitelinks:- BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Aterterrestrial links in the serving cell,- BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abissatellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 15 9

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC

External Comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release ofUL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for agiven RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releasesand reestablishments.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule If Value of previous release >= 9, then Value ofprevious release, else 9

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 717 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.10 (BS_CV_MAX) - (BS_CV_MAX (MFS))

HMI Name BS_CV_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name BS_CV_MAX (MFS)

Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) bythe MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered.One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCHbefore the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed.

Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111).

Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (BSC)

Recommended rules BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" roundtrip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledgedblocks and minimise window-stalled situations.If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplinkretransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed.It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellitelinks:- BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Aterterrestrial links in the serving cell,- BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abissatellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 15 9

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC

External Comment Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release ofUL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for agiven RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releasesand reestablishments.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

718 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule If Value of previous release >= 9, then Value ofprevious release, else 9

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 719 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.11 (BS_PA_MFRMS) - (BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS))

HMI Name BS_PA_MFRMSParameter Name

Logical Name BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS)

Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrencesof a Paging Group, broadcast on the PBCCH for the CS serviceestablishment.

Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9)

Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 2 9 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel

External Comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumptionis.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

720 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.12 (BS_PAG_BLKS_RES) - (BS_PAG_BLKS_RES)

HMI Name BS_PAG_BLKS_RESParameter Name

Logical Name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES

Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or PDTCH or PACCH per52 multiframe.

Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, ..., 1010: 10)The codepoints 0000: 0, 1011: 11 and 1100: 12 are not supportedby the ALCATEL BSS.

Mandatory rules BS_PAG_BLKS_RES < 12 – BS_PBCCH_BLKS

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 10 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2

External Comment According to 3GPP TS 05.02, the number of paging blocks "available"on one PCCCH =(12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) * 64. In order forthe network to be able to page GPRS-attached Mobile Stations whenPCCCH is present in the cell, there shall be at least one radio blockwhere paging can occur. This requires (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES -BS_PBCCH_BLKS) to be strictly greater than 0.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 721 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.13 (BS_PBCCH_BLKS) - (BS_PBCCH_BLKS)

HMI Name BS_PBCCH_BLKSParameter Name

Logical Name BS_PBCCH_BLKS

Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per 52 multiframe.

Coding rules coded on 2 bits : 00=Block B0 used for PBCCH, 01=Block B0, B6used for PBCCH, 10=Block B0, B6, B3 used for PBCCH, 11=BlockB0, B6, B3, B9 used for PBCCH

Mandatory rules BS_PBCCH_BLKS < 12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 4 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

722 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.14 (BS_PRACH_BLKS_MIN) - (BS_PRACH_BLKS)

HMI Name BS_PRACH_BLKS_MINParameter Name

Logical Name BS_PRACH_BLKS

Definition Number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframeon each MPDCH.

Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, .., 1000: 8)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 8 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 723 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.15 (BS_TXPWR_MAX) - (BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS))

When a cell is shared, the BS_TX_POWER_MAX andBS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNER powers must always be defined against theactual physical power of the main sector. If the actual power of the secondarysector is lower than the actual power of the main sector, the operator has toadjust the values of BS_TX_POWER_MAX and BS_TX_POWER_MAX_INNERto avoid requiring too high an output power than is actually available.

HMI Name BS_TXPWR_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS)

Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximumGMSK output power of the BTS.

Coding rules 0 0 0 0 = 0 dB, 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB, 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB, ..., 1 1 1 1 = -30 dB

Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC)BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -30 0 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / PC parameters / General PC Control

External Comment The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively tothe BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardwarelimitation).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

724 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.16 (BVCI) - (PTP_BVCI)

HMI Name BVCIParameter Name

Logical Name PTP_BVCI

Definition PTP BVCI value.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 2 65535 #

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Cell Menu / Show GPRS Bvci

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 725 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.17 (C31_HYST) - (C31_HYST)

HMI Name C31_HYSTParameter Name

Logical Name C31_HYST

Definition Determines whether an additional cell hysteresis shallbe applied to the C31 criterion. The hysteresis isGPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS (for NC0 mode).

Coding rules 0 : no, 1 : yes

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet)

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

726 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.18 (C32_QUAL) - (C32_QUAL)

HMI Name C32_QUALParameter Name

Logical Name C32_QUAL

Definition Flag indicating an exception rule for GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSETin NC0 mode.

Coding rules 0=NO, 1=YES

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet)

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 727 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.19 (Capacity) - (ACCESS_RATE_BC)

HMI Name CapacityParameter Name

Logical Name ACCESS_RATE_BC

Definition Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization.CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

kbit/s 64 1984 64

Modifiable OMC Changes: displayed RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Gb Configuration / FR configuration

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

728 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.20 (cell identity (CI)) - (CI (MFS))

HMI Name cell identity (CI)Parameter Name

Logical Name CI (MFS)

Definition Cell Identity.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same timeEqual to CI (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 65535 65535

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 729 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.21 (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET) - (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS))

HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSETParameter Name

Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS)

Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion.

Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB)

Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 126 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

730 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.22 (CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET) -(CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS))

HMI Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSETParameter Name

Logical Name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS)

Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion.

Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB)

Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) =CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 126 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit External Cell/ Packet2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n) ofprevious release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 731 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.23 (CI(n)) - (CI(n))

HMI Name CI(n)Parameter Name

Logical Name CI(n)

Definition Cell Identity.

Coding rules Values 0..65535 correspond to the standard CI-value.

Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 65535 65535

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Adjacencies

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

732 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.24 (Commited Burst Size) - (CBS)

HMI Name Commited Burst SizeParameter Name

Logical Name CBS

Definition Commited Burst Size.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

kbyte 0 248 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Create NS-VC

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 733 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.25 (Committed Information Rate) - (CIR)

HMI Name Committed Information RateParameter Name

Logical Name CIR

Definition Committed Information Rate.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules CIR=0 when "direct access" is used, CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

kbit/s 0 1984 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Create NS-VC

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

734 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.26 (CS_BLER_DL_3_4) - (CS_BLER_DL_3_4)

HMI Name CS_BLER_DL_3_4Parameter Name

Logical Name CS_BLER_DL_3_4

Definition CS3 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction whenthe SIR measurements are not reported by the MS

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 735 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.27 (CS_BLER_DL_4_3) - (CS_BLER_DL_4_3)

HMI Name CS_BLER_DL_4_3Parameter Name

Logical Name CS_BLER_DL_4_3

Definition CS4 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction whenthe SIR measurements are not reported by the MS.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

736 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.28 (CS_HST_DL_LT) - (CS_HST_DL_LT)

HMI Name CS_HST_DL_LTParameter Name

Logical Name CS_HST_DL_LT

Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the downlinkradio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 6 0.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 737 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.29 (CS_HST_DL_ST) - (CS_HST_DL_ST)

HMI Name CS_HST_DL_STParameter Name

Logical Name CS_HST_DL_ST

Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in thedownlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 6 1.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

738 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.30 (CS_HST_UL_LT) - (CS_HST_UL_LT)

HMI Name CS_HST_UL_LTParameter Name

Logical Name CS_HST_UL_LT

Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the uplinkradio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 6 0.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 739 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.31 (CS_HST_UL_ST) - (CS_HST_UL_ST)

HMI Name CS_HST_UL_STParameter Name

Logical Name CS_HST_UL_ST

Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the uplinkradio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 6 1.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

740 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.32 (CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD) - (CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD)

HMI Name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD

Definition Maximum downlink (or respectively uplink) transfer interruptionbetween two successive DL (or respectively UL) PDU to be able toreuse the coding scheme or modulation and coding scheme of theprevious transmitted (or respectively received) radio blocks. Thisapplies in case of data transfer resumption for a DL TBF in delayedrelease state, or an UL TBF in extended state. When a new LLCPDU is received and the downlink/uplink transfer is resumed, thetimer defined by CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD shall be checked. If it hasnot expired, then the previous coding scheme or modulation andcoding scheme of the DL/UL TBF shall be reused.

Coding rules step size = 20 ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 0 5000 680

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Cnct Ctrl 1/2

External Comment This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 741 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.33 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction whenthe RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on ahopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

742 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.34 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction whenthe RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on ahopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 743 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.35 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction whenthe RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on anon-hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

744 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.36 (CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK) -(CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction whenthe RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on anon-hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 745 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.37 (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction whenthe RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on ahopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

746 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.38 (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction whenthe RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on ahopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 747 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.39 (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction whenthe RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on anon-hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 3.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

748 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.40 (CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK) -(CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction whenthe RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on anon-hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 749 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.41 (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction whenthe RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on ahopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

750 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.42 (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction whenthe RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on ahopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 751 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.43 (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction whenthe RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on anon-hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

752 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.44 (CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK) -(CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction whenthe RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on anon-hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 753 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.45 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction whenthe RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on ahopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

754 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.46 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction whenthe RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on ahopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 755 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.47 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction whenthe RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on anon-hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

756 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.48 (CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK) -(CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK

Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to changethe Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction whenthe RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on anon-hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 757 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.49 (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK

Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change theCoding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when theRLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hoppingTRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

758 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.50 (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK

Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change theCoding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when theRLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on ahopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 759 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.51 (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK

Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change theCoding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction whenthe RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on anon-hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 3.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

760 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.52 (CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK) -(CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK

Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change theCoding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when theRLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on anon-hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 761 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.53 (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK

Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change theCoding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when theRLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hoppingTRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

762 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.54 (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK

Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change theCoding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when theRLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on ahopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 763 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.55 (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK) - (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK

Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change theCoding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction whenthe RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on anon-hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

764 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.56 (CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK) -(CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK)

HMI Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK

Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change theCoding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when theRLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on anon-hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 765 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.57 (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK) - (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK)

HMI Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK

Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptationalgorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in thedownlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and theTBF is established on a hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 15 14

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

766 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.58 (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK) - (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK)

HMI Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK

Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptationalgorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in thedownlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and theTBF is established on a hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 15 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 767 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.59 (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK) - (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK)

HMI Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK

Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptationalgorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in thedownlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and theTBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 15 13

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

768 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.60 (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK) - (CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK)

HMI Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK

Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptationalgorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in thedownlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and theTBF is established on a non-hopping TRX.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 15 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 769 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.61 (CS_SIR_HST_DL) - (CS_SIR_HST_DL)

HMI Name CS_SIR_HST_DLParameter Name

Logical Name CS_SIR_HST_DL

Definition Signal to Interference Ratio hysteresis used in the link adaptationalgorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in thedownlink direction.

Coding rules step size = 0.1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 15 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

770 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.62 (Data Link Connection Identifier) - (DLCI)

HMI Name Data Link Connection IdentifierParameter Name

Logical Name DLCI

Definition Data Link Connection Identifier, corresponds to a PVC identifier, seeQ.922 Annex A, Table 1.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 16 991 None

Modifiable OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Create NS-VC

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 771 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.63 (DRX_TIMER_MAX) - (DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC))

HMI Name DRX_TIMER_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)

Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX modeafter packet transfer mode.

Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectivelybinary coded as 000, 001, …, 111ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATELBSS.

Mandatory rules Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 4 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

772 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.64 (DRX_TIMER_MAX) - (DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS))

HMI Name DRX_TIMER_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS)

Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX modeafter packet transfer mode.

Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectivelybinary coded as 000, 001, …, 111ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATELBSS.

Mandatory rules Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 4 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 773 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.65 (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK) - (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK)

HMI Name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACKParameter Name

Logical Name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK

Definition Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC acknowledged mode.

Coding rules 0: Disable; 1: Enable

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules If EN_STREAMING = 1 then it is recommended to setEN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK to "TRUE" in order to activate the linkadaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a suitable levelregarding the level of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise,the streaming PFCs can be downgraded to the Default Best EffortABQP because the negotiated GBR cannot be reached on the radiointerface.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Cnct Ctrl 1/2

External Comment This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

774 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.66 (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK) - (EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK)

HMI Name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACKParameter Name

Logical Name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK

Definition Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC unacknowledged

Coding rules 0: Disable; 1: Enable

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Cnct Ctrl 1/2

External Comment This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 775 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.67 (EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING) -(EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING)

HMI Name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTINGParameter Name

Logical Name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING

Definition This flag enables / disables rerouting of DL LLC PDUs.

Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment This parameter locks only the rerouting part of the feature. It has noeffect on the securisation part.This parameter applies to both, intra-NSE and inter-NSE cell change.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

776 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.68 (EN_EGPRS) - (EN_EGPRS)

HMI Name EN_EGPRSParameter Name

Logical Name EN_EGPRS

Definition Enables/Disables EGPRS traffic in the cell.

Coding rules 0: Disable, 1: Enable

Mandatory rules EN_EGPRS = enable only if MAX_PDCH > 0.

Recommended rules - If EN_EGPRS is set to ‘enable’, Alcatel recommend to set theparameter PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX to ‘0’.- In case of extended cell, Alcatel recommend to set the same valuein both, inner and outer, cells.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment From system point of view, when EN_EGPRS = ‘Enable’, the highestMCS allowed on the TRX is defined by the current size of theM-EGCH link of the TRX and by the MAX_EGPRS_MCS value.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 777 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.69 (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) - (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF)

HMI Name EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBFParameter Name

Logical Name EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF

Definition Flag to disable/enable the extended TBF mode feature on the uplink

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules -It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended ULTBF feature (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) and the DL PDU reroutingfeature (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING)- if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled and if RA capability updateis supported by SGSN, then the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATEmust be enabled.The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only ifthe parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

778 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.70 (EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS) -(EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS)

HMI Name EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESSParameter Name

Logical Name EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS

Definition This flag indicates whether or not one Slave PDCH is available for(E)GPRS traffic in the cell (fast initial PS access feature).- In a Non Evolium BTS, that corresponds to an established PDCHbeing able to support incoming (E)GPRS traffic.- In an Evolium BTS, that corresponds to a PDCH being able tosupport incoming (E)GPRS traffic, that PDCH being located on anestablished TRX (i.e. the TRX owns an M-EGCH link)

Coding rules 0: disabled,1: enabled

Mandatory rules MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH ifEN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled;

MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH ifEN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Res. Ctrl

External Comment Better performances for service access time will be obtained whenthis parameter is set to enabled, but one PDCH will always beestablished in the cell. A compromise has to be made by the operatorbetween performance gain and the cost of radio and terrestrialresources. This compromise becomes of higher importance incase of a cell connected through a satellite link due to the higherGPRS access time with satellite links, but also the higher cost oftransmission links.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 779 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

780 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.71 (EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED) -(EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED)

HMI Name EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDEDParameter Name

Logical Name EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED

Definition Flag to disable/enable the transmission of USF every 20ms inextended mode

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment The parameter is significant only if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF isenabled.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 781 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.72 (EN_FULL_IR_DL) - (EN_FULL_IR_DL)

HMI Name EN_FULL_IR_DLParameter Name

Logical Name EN_FULL_IR_DL

Definition Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the downlink TBF in the cell.

Coding rules 0: Disable the "full" IR, so : Incremental Redundancy withresegmentation allowed in DL,1: Enable the "full" IR, so, Incremental Redundancy withoutresegmentation in DL

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules To allow the best throughput in DL, it is strongly recommended to setthis parameter to 0 i.e. to not forbid the resegmentation.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS /E-GPRS

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

782 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.73 (EN_NACC) - (EN_NACC)

HMI Name EN_NACCParameter Name

Logical Name EN_NACC

Definition Enables the Network Assisted Cell Change feature.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1:enabled

Mandatory rules Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msecWhen cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", thenEN_NACC = 0

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 783 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.74 (EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR) - (EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR)

HMI Name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIRParameter Name

Logical Name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR

Definition Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections aresystematically triggered from the serving cell.

Coding rules 0: Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered1: Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematicallytriggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is upto the operator to ensure that at least one NC cell reselection causeis always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet MeasurementReport message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 canbe always activated by setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to ‘-47 dBm(Always)’.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: ?

Parameter Access ???

External Comment An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which istriggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the servingcell even if the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS redirectionsis to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carryPS traffic (for instance a macro cell).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

784 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.75 (EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n)) -(EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n))

HMI Name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n)Parameter Name

Logical Name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n)

Definition Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections aresystematically triggered from the serving cell.

Coding rules 0: Disable – Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered1: Enable – Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematicallytriggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is upto the operator to ensure that at least one NC cell reselection causeis always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet MeasurementReport message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 canbe always activated by setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to ‘-47 dBm(Always)’.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: ?

Parameter Access ???

External Comment An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which istriggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the servingcell even if the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS redirectionsis to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carryPS traffic (for instance a macro cell).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 785 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.76 (EN_PFC_FEATURE) - (EN_PFC_FEATURE)

HMI Name EN_PFC_FEATUREParameter Name

Logical Name EN_PFC_FEATURE

Definition Enables/disables the support of the PFC negotiation feature.

Coding rules 1 => PFC feature is supported,0 => PFC feature is not supported

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to resetautonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

786 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.77 (EN_PSI_STATUS) - (EN_PSI_STATUS)

HMI Name EN_PSI_STATUSParameter Name

Logical Name EN_PSI_STATUS

Definition Enables the Packet SI Status feature in cells w/o PBCCH or thePacket PSI Status feature in cells with a PBCCH.

Coding rules 0: disabled; 1:enabled

Mandatory rules Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msecWhen cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", thenEN_PSI_STATUS = 0

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 787 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.78 (EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE) - (EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE)

HMI Name EN_RA_CAP_UPDATEParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE

Definition Flag to enable/disable the Radio Acces Capability update on Gb

Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules This parameter must be enabled if RA capability update issupported by SGSN and if it exists, at least, one cell whereEN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled.The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only ifthe parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

788 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.79 (EN_STREAMING) - (EN_STREAMING)

HMI Name EN_STREAMINGParameter Name

Logical Name EN_STREAMING

Definition Enables/disables the support of the STREAMING flows.

Coding rules 1 => the cell supports the streaming flows in addition to the non realtime flows (best effort, interactive, background) if EN_PFC_FEATURE= 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the SGSN is successful0 => the cell supports the non real time flows (best effort, interactive,background) if EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC featurenegotiation with the SGSN is successful

Mandatory rules - Can be enabled only if the BTS Generation = Evolium- If EN_STREAMING = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 0- When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", thenEN_STREAMING = 0

Recommended rules If this parameter is set to 1 then :- the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must also be set to 1(enabled). Otherwise the BSS will not be able to handle streamingflow. If this rule is not respected then all PFC creation requestsrelated to a streaming flow will be downgraded to the default besteffort flow by the BSS.- the parameter EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK must also set to "TRUE"in order to activate the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CScan reach a suitable level regarding the level of the configuredRmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the streaming PFCs can be downgradedto the Default Best Effort ABQP because the negotiated GBR cannotbe reached on the radio interface.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 789 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

790 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.80 (Excess Burst Size) - (EBS)

HMI Name Excess Burst SizeParameter Name

Logical Name EBS

Definition Excess Burst Size.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC

Recommended rules EBS=ACCESS_RATE_BC(expressed in kbit/s) / 8, if CIR=0

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

kbyte 0 248 None

Modifiable OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Create NS-VC

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 791 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.81 (GAMMA_TNx) - (GAMMA_TNx)

HMI Name GAMMA_TNxParameter Name

Logical Name GAMMA_TNx

Definition Binary representation of the "gamma ch" for MS output power control.

Coding rules Coded on 5 bits, step size=2dB, with 00000 == 0 dB, 00001 == 2dB, ... 11111 == 62 dB.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 62 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Ctrl

External Comment In the context of a concentric cell, the parameter applies to the outerzone.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

792 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.82 (GCH_RED_FACTOR_HiAter) -(GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usage)

HMI Name GCH_RED_FACTOR_HiAterParameter Name

Logical Name GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usage

Definition Reduction factor of the number of GCHs targeted per PDCH, whenthe Ater usage is "high".

Coding rules step size = 0.01

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherentwith a high value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will avoid reaching thesaturation point of 100% of the Ater resources used at the samemoment in the GPU).Reciprocally, a high value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usagecan be coherent with a low value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it willlimit the risks of wasting, i.e. of not using, Ater resources in the GPU).

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0,1 1 0,75

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment The GCH reduction factor applies to the new PDCHs which areused when the Ater usage is "high" (see the Ater_Usage_Thresholdparameter). This parameter can be reduced in order to avoid Atershortage situations.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 793 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.83 (GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) -(GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS)

HMI Name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESISParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

Definition Additional hysteresis which applies in Ready state for cells in sameRA.

Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001= 2 dB, 111=14 dB

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 14 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

794 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.84 (GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH)

HMI Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCHParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH

Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing thesystem.

Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band:P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm,0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm 5 43 43

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2

External Comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBmDefault value for GSM850: 39 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 30 dBmDefault value for DCS1900: 30 dBm

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 795 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.85 (GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) -(GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n))

HMI Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCHParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)

Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing thesystem.

Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band:P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm…, 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm,0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm 5 43 43

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit External Cell / Packet

External Comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBmDefault value for GSM850: 39 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 30 dBmDefault value for DCS1900: 30 dBm

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

796 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.86 (GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE) -(GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE)

HMI Name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUEParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE

Definition Default value of the (E)GPRS multislot class assumed at TBFestablishment when the actual MS (E)GPRS multislot class isunknown.

- In an Evolium BTS :The default MS class is used as an input of the best candidate TBFallocation computation process when the MS class is not known onUL TBF establishment- In a Non Evolium BTS :The default MS class is used as an input of the best candidate TBFallocation computation process when the MS class is not known onUL TBF establishment.In the PDCH anticipation process on UL TBF establishment :the default MS class is used to determine how many PDCHsare established in advance to anticipate the concurrent DL TBFestablishment.

Coding rules Only the following GPRS multislot class defined in 3GPP TS 05.02annex B are allowed:1: GPRS multislot class 1 (1+1 MS);2: GPRS multislot class 2 (2+1 MS);4: GPRS multislot class 4 (3+1 MS);8: GPRS multislot class 8 (4+1 MS).

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 8 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / General

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 797 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

External Comment The entered value is assumed by default at uplink TBF establishmentwhen the actual MS multislot class is unknown (e.g. access onCCCH) in order to work out the number of timeslots anticipated forthe likely forthcoming downlink TBF. Otherwise, the multislot classreceived in the request for uplink TBF establishment is taken intoaccount.

In case the traffic is mainly signalling (majority of RA Updates),Ater congestion may be encountered because the transmissionresources are allocated in advance, based on the value ofGPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE parameter. Indeed,once the traffic type is confirmed signalling, these resourcesare de-allocated, but at T_PDCH_Inactivity timer expiry, as aconsequence, in this case, the transmission resources are allocatedeven if they are not used during several seconds. In this case, it isadvised to reduce the value of the default multislot class to 1.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

798 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.87 (GPRS_PENALTY_TIME) - (GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n))

HMI Name GPRS_PENALTY_TIMEParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n)

Definition Time during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET is active inneighbour cells.

Coding rules step size = 10 sec, coded on 5 bits (00000 = 10 sec, 11111 = 320 sec)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 10 320 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet)

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 799 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.88 (GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET) -(GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n))

HMI Name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSETParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n)

Definition Permanent offset for GPRS cell reselection in neighbour cells.

Coding rules coded on 5 bits (00000 = -52 dB, 11111 = 48 dB)00000= -52; 00001= -48; 00010= -44; 00011= -40; 00100= -36;00101= -32; 00110= -28; 00111= -24; 01000= -20; 01001= -16;01010= -12; 01011= -10; 01100= - 8; 01101= - 6; 01110= - 4; 01111=- 2; 10000= 0; 10001= 2; 10010= 4; 10011= 6; 10100= 8; 10101=10;10110= 12; 10111= 16; 11000= 20; 11001= 24; 11010= 28; 11011=32; 11100= 36; 11101= 40; 11110= 44; 11111= 48

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -52 48 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet)

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

800 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.89 (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN)

HMI Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MINParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN

Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system.

Coding rules step size = 1 dBm, coded on 6 bits (000000 = -110 dBm, 111111= -47 dBm)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -100

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2 (+ Edit Cell / GPRS / MasterChannel 2/2)

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 801 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.90 (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n))

HMI Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MINParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)

Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the systemin neighbour cells.

Coding rules coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -100

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

802 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.91 (GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET) -(GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n))

HMI Name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSETParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n)

Definition Negative offset used for MS cell reselection process in neighbourcells.

Coding rules Possible values : 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinity respectively binarycoded as 000, 001, …, 111

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 infinity 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet)

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 803 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.92 (HCS_THR) - (GPRS_HCS_THR)

HMI Name HCS_THRParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_HCS_THR

Definition HCS signal strength.

Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48dBm

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -48 -84

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

804 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.93 (HCS_THR) - (GPRS_HCS_THR(n))

HMI Name HCS_THRParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_HCS_THR(n)

Definition HCS signal strength.

Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48dBm

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -48 -84

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet)

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 805 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.94 (HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY) -(HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY)

HMI Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITYParameter Name

Logical Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY

Definition Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet FlowContext, with precedence parameter set to 'high'

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 15 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

806 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.95 (HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY) -(HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY)

HMI Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITYParameter Name

Logical Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY

Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet FlowContext, with precedence parameter set to 'high'

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 15 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 807 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.96 (HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY) -(HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY)

HMI Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITYParameter Name

Logical Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY

Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP2 Packet FlowContext, with precedence parameter set to 'high'

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 15 9

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

808 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.97 (HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY) -(HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY)

HMI Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITYParameter Name

Logical Name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY

Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP3 Packet FlowContext, with precedence parameter set to 'high'

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 15 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 809 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.98 (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS) - (HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)

HMI Name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRSParameter Name

Logical Name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS

Definition Load threshold used to determine a certain margin of radio timeslotsreserved for CS traffic between two sending of the BSCGP RRAllocation Indication messages. The threshold is expressed inpercentage of the radio timeslots available in the cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 90

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment The margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic can be computedas follows:

(100 - HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)/100*NB_TS

where NB_TS is the number of radio timeslots available in the cell.

Cell Type Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

Nb of TRX Dependent

t01 t02 t03 t04 t05 t06 t07 t08 t09 t010 t011 t012

70 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

810 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.99 (K_AVG_L) - (K_AVG_L)

HMI Name K_AVG_LParameter Name

Logical Name K_AVG_L

Definition Signal Quality strength filter constant.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 25 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 811 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.100 (K_AVG_Q) - (K_AVG_Q)

HMI Name K_AVG_QParameter Name

Logical Name K_AVG_Q

Definition Quality Signal strength filter constant.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 25 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

812 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.101 (LAC(n)) - (LAC(n))

HMI Name LAC(n)Parameter Name

Logical Name LAC(n)

Definition Location Area Code.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 65535 65535

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Adjacencies

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 813 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.102 (Level 1 down) - (PVC_Level1_down)

HMI Name Level 1 downParameter Name

Logical Name PVC_Level1_down

Definition This parameter gives the low level of threshold for congestion.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 40

Modifiable OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access MFSUSM / GB Configuration / Create NSVC

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

814 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.103 (Level 1 Factor) - (PVC_Level1_Factor)

HMI Name Level 1 FactorParameter Name

Logical Name PVC_Level1_Factor

Definition This parameter is used to calculate the amount of data used forbuffering.

Coding rules step size = 0,01coding rules 1 == 0,01, 1275 == 12.75

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * (CBS+EBS)for a PVC

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0,05 12.75 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access MFSUSM / GB Configuration / Create NSVC

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 815 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.104 (Level 1 up) - (PVC_Level1_up)

HMI Name Level 1 upParameter Name

Logical Name PVC_Level1_up

Definition This parameter gives the high level of threshold for congestion.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 70

Modifiable OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access MFSUSM / GB Configuration / Create NSVC

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

816 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.105 (LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS) - (LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS)

HMI Name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRSParameter Name

Logical Name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS

Definition Number of load samples (calculated every TCH_INFO_PERIODseconds) used to compute the maximum number of slave PDCHsthat the BSC can allocate to the MFS.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 3 30 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 817 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.106 (Location Area Code (LAC)) - (LAC (MFS))

HMI Name Location Area Code (LAC)Parameter Name

Logical Name LAC (MFS)

Definition Location Area Code.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same timeEqual to LAC (BSC)A couple of mate extended cells (extended inner + extended outer)shall have the same LAC

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 65535 65535

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description ( + Edit External cell/ circuit1/2)

External Comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

818 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.107 (LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY) -(LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY)

HMI Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITYParameter Name

Logical Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY

Definition Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet FlowContext, with precedence parameter set to 'low'

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 15 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 819 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.108 (LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY) -(LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY)

HMI Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITYParameter Name

Logical Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY

Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet FlowContext, with precedence parameter set to 'low'

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 15 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

820 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.109 (LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY) -(LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY)

HMI Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITYParameter Name

Logical Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY

Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP2 Packet FlowContext, with precedence parameter set to 'low'

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 15 9

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 821 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.110 (LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY) -(LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY)

HMI Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITYParameter Name

Logical Name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY

Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP3 Packet FlowContext, with precedence parameter set to 'low'

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 15 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

822 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.111 (MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH) - (MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH)

HMI Name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCHParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH

Definition Maximum number of DownLink (E)GPRS TBFs per Slave PDCH.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 10 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 823 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.112 (MAX_EGPRS_MCS) - (MAX_EGPRS_MCS)

HMI Name MAX_EGPRS_MCSParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_EGPRS_MCS

Definition Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for EGPRS trafficin the cell.

Coding rules 0: MCS-1;1: MCS-2;2: MCS-3;3: MCS-4;4: MCS-5;5: MCS-6;6: MCS-7;7: MCS-8;8: MCS-9;

Mandatory rules MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_DL_INIT_MCSMAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_UL_INIT_MCSWhen cell_type = "extended outer", then MAX_EGPRS_MCS <=MCS-4

Recommended rules R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher thanthe useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. ifMAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 => R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall notbe higher than 59,2kbps).

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 9 9

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: ?

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

824 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous releaseNB : if you ever think to change it, pleasetake care about TBF_DL_INIT_MCS andTBF_UL_INIT_MCS !

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 825 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.113 (MAX_GPRS_CS) - (MAX_GPRS_CS)

HMI Name MAX_GPRS_CSParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_GPRS_CS

Definition Maximum coding scheme used for GPRS traffic in the cell.

Coding rules 1 : CS-2;2 : CS-3;3 : CS-4

Mandatory rules MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_DL_INIT_CS

MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_UL_INIT_CS

If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2.The aim of this last rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly thealgorithms of adjust ranking and transmission pool set up (lead timeand outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e. GPRSis not allowed)

Recommended rules R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher thanthe useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. ifMAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be higherthan 12kbps)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 2 4 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

826 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.114 (MAX_PAGING_QUEUE) - (MAX_PAGING_QUEUE)

HMI Name MAX_PAGING_QUEUEParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE

Definition Maximum number of CS+PS paging messages stored in GPU.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Paging Rate = 100 paging/s AND Queueing Time = 5s

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 50 1000 500

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / General

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 827 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.115 (MAX_PDCH) - (MAX_PDCH)Management of

Enable_GPRS Flag (Cell

Parameter)

This flag exists in the BSC and is managed by the OMC-R but it is not visibleto the operator. It is derived by the OMC-R from the value of Max_PDCH.When the Enable_GPRS flag is set to true, it means that the BSC can acceptMFS requests for a certain cell. In some circumstances, there can be someinconsistencies, but these might not have any impact:

Creation of a BSC When the BSS is discovered by the OMC-R, the MFS parameters are set totheir default value by the OMC-R. Max_PDCH is set to 0. (There may beinconsistency at system level, but no impact.) Later, if the operator installsGPRS, he has to download the radio configuration to the MFS. Through thisoperation, the flag ’Enable_GPRS’ is recomputed for the cells concerned bythe PRC, and therefore downloaded to the BSC. All data is then in line forthe cells concerned by the PRC. It can occur that some cells remain with’Enable_GPRS’ set to true and Max_PDCH set to 0 but this does no harm at all(no impact on the traffic, and not visible by the operator).

DLS Restore When the

Flag is Not In Lline With

Max_PDCH

Any DLS restore must be followed by the following procedure to line-up theEN_GPRS of the cells handled by this BSC with the Max_PDCH of thesecells currently stored in the OMC-R:

1. Copy the SC into the PRC

2. Activate this PRC

Until the synchronization is achieved, the cell cannot be set into service forGPRS by the telecom application (there is no impact if the cell is alreadystarted for GPRS).

HMI Name MAX_PDCHParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_PDCH

Definition Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocatedto the MFS in the cell.

Coding rules –

828 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Mandatory rules Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD;If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ;If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE;If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_EGPRS = FALSE;

If EN_VGCS = enabled, then (MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) <Total number of TCHs of the cell

If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2.The aim of this rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly thealgorithms of adjust ranking and transmission pool set up (lead timeand outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e. GPRS isnot allowed)

MAX_PDCH shall be set so that at least one slave PDCH can beallocated to the MFS to serve DL or UL TBFs. This means thatMAX_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_GPRS = TRUE.

When Max_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = "extended inner" or "extendedouter", then MAX_PDCH shall be an even number.

The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to checkthe upper limit of MAX_PDCH:i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1:CCCH combined"ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0:CCCH not combined"iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs withTRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX.

Recommended rules In a micro cell, the operator may be interested to force theMS to reselect a macro cell by a correct setting of the cellreselection parameters broadcast on PBCCH (without using NC cellreselections, i.e. when EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR is set to 0and NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to ‘NC0’ in the microcell). In this case, the following configuration is recommended:NB_TS_MPDCH = 1, MAX_PDCH = 2, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD =1, MIN_PDCH = 1.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 127 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 829 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

External Comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.

To support LCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_PDCH > 0

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

830 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.116 (MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD) - (MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD)

HMI Name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOADParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD

Definition Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocatedto the MFS when the CS traffic is high.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules - MAX_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD- MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH- If EN_STREAMING = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 0The real time radio resources are allocated only on the firstMAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD available timeslots of the cell.- When Max_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 0 and cell_type = "extendedinner" or "extended outer", then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD shallbe an even number

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 127 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control

External Comment 127 is a theoretical value: 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 831 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.117 (MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF) - (MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF)

HMI Name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBFParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF

Definition Maximum number of PDCHs allocated to a single (E)GPRSconnection.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 5 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

832 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.118 (MAX_RETRANS) - (Max_retrans (MFS))

HMI Name MAX_RETRANSParameter Name

Logical Name Max_retrans (MFS)

Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions bythe MS on the RACH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS serviceestablishment.

Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01,10 and 11

Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 7 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumptionis.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 833 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.119 (MAX_RETRANS_1) - (MAX_RETRANS_1)

HMI Name MAX_RETRANS_1Parameter Name

Logical Name MAX_RETRANS_1

Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissionsby the MS on the PRACH with priority level 1.

Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01,10, 11

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 7 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

834 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.120 (MAX_RETRANS_2) - (MAX_RETRANS_2)

HMI Name MAX_RETRANS_2Parameter Name

Logical Name MAX_RETRANS_2

Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissionsby the MS on the PRACH with priority level 2.

Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01,10, 11

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 7 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 835 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.121 (MAX_RETRANS_3) - (MAX_RETRANS_3)

HMI Name MAX_RETRANS_3Parameter Name

Logical Name MAX_RETRANS_3

Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissionsby the MS on the PRACH with priority level 3.

Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01,10, 11

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 7 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

836 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.122 (MAX_RETRANS_4) - (MAX_RETRANS_4)

HMI Name MAX_RETRANS_4Parameter Name

Logical Name MAX_RETRANS_4

Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissionsby the MS on the PRACH with priority level 4.

Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01,10, 11

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 7 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 837 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.123 (MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH) - (MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH)

HMI Name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCHParameter Name

Logical Name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH

Definition Maximum number of UpLink (E)GPRS TBFs per slave PDCH.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 6 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

838 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.124 (MIN_PDCH) - (MIN_PDCH)

HMI Name MIN_PDCHParameter Name

Logical Name MIN_PDCH

Definition Minimum number of master and slave PDCHs that are alwaysallocated to the MFS.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules -MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH;-MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH ifEN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled;-MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH ifEN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled.-When MIN_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = "extended inner" or "extendedouter", then MIN_PDCH shall be an even number

Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter to a value smaller than themaximum number of PDCHs that may be allocated in the cell, inorder to avoid congestion on the MFS-BSC interface.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 127 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Radio Resource Control

External Comment 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 839 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.125 (Mobile Country Code (MCC)) - (MCC (MFS))

HMI Name Mobile Country Code (MCC)Parameter Name

Logical Name MCC (MFS)

Definition Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN.

Coding rules 3 digits BCD

Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled:- MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS).- The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same(MCC,MNC) couple.- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall beselected from the set of own PLMNs.- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can beselected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 999 999

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Customer BUL file

External Comment The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicatedhere is for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

840 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.126 (Mobile Network Code (MNC)) - (MNC (MFS))

HMI Name Mobile Network Code (MNC)Parameter Name

Logical Name MNC (MFS)

Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN.

Coding rules 3 digits BCD

Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled:- MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS).- The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same(MCC,MNC) couple.- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall beselected from the set of own PLMNs.- The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can beselected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Reference

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 999 999

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Customer BUL file

External Comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicatedhere is for implementation purposes.The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC.MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (Fbinary coded 1111)MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 841 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.127 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS))

HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCHParameter Name

Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS)

Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use whenaccessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCHfor CS service establishment.

Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm,0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm 5 43 43

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: HPC

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Selection

External Comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBmDefault value for GSM850: 39 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 30 dBmDefault value for DCS1900: 30 dBm

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

842 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.128 (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH) - (MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(MFS))

HMI Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCHParameter Name

Logical Name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(MFS)

Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use whenaccessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCHfor CS service establishment.

Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm.GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm.DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm,0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm 5 43 43

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit External Cell/ Packet2/2

External Comment The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band:Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBmDefault value for GSM850: 39 dBmDefault value for DCS1800: 30 dBmDefault value for DCS1900: 30 dBm

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) of previousrelease

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 843 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.129 (N_AVG_I (BSC)) - (N_AVG_I (BSC))

HMI Name N_AVG_I (BSC)Parameter Name

Logical Name N_AVG_I (BSC)

Definition N_AVG_I (BSC) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the SI13.The (E)GPRS MS uses it for filtering the interference signal levelmeasurements that it shall perform during the packet transfer mode.These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output powercontrol, but also reported to the network and used for performingdownlink link adaptation.

Coding rules coded on 4 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 15 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

844 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.130 (N_AVG_I (MFS)) - (N_AVG_I (MFS))

HMI Name N_AVG_I (MFS)Parameter Name

Logical Name N_AVG_I (MFS)

Definition N_AVG_I (MFS) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the PSI13 and PSI1. The (E)GPRS MS uses it for filtering the interferencesignal level measurements that it shall perform during the packettransfer mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MSfor output power control, but also reported to the network and usedfor performing downlink link adaptation.

Coding rules coded on 4 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 15 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Ch. 1/2.

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 845 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.131 (NB_TS_MPDCH) - (NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC))

HMI Name NB_TS_MPDCHParameter Name

Logical Name NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC)

Definition Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondarymaster PDCHs defined in the cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH ifEN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; MIN_PDCH >=NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled.

2) if the ‘network_operation_mode (BSC)’ parameter is set to 2(NMO II) then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0

3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order tocheck the upper limit of MAX_PDCH:i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1:CCCH combined"ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0:CCCH not combined"iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs withTRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX.

4) When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", thenNB_TS_MPDCH = 0

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 4 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Ch 1/2

846 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

External Comment The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis andAter) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater throughsatellite link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the followingcriteria:* higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link;* limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite toabout 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledgedprotocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CSsignalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additionalsignalling load due toTBF establishments when no MPDCH isestablished.Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is:* for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with nonnegligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended;* for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is notrecommended.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 847 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.132 (NB_TS_MPDCH) - (NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS))

HMI Name NB_TS_MPDCHParameter Name

Logical Name NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS)

Definition Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondarymaster PDCHs defined in the cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH ifEN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled;MIN_PDCH >=NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled.

2) if the ‘network_operation_mode (MFS)’ parameter is set to 2(NMO II) then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0.

3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order tocheck the upper limit of MAX_PDCH:i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1:CCCH combined"ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0:CCCH not combined"iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs withTRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX.

4) When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", thenNB_TS_MPDCH = 0

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 4 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Ch 1/2

848 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

External Comment The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis andAter) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater throughsatellite link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the followingcriteria:* higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link;* limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite toabout 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledgedprotocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CSsignalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additionalsignalling load due toTBF establishments when no MPDCH isestablished.Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is:* for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with nonnegligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended;* for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is notrecommended.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 849 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.133 (NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR) - (NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR)

HMI Name NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THRParameter Name

Logical Name NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR

Definition Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT2 can betriggered due to the detection of a better neighbour cell.

Coding rules 0: "-110 dBm (Never)", 1:" -109 dBm", ...,63: "-47 dBm (Always)"(step size = 1 dB)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematicallytriggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it isrecommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT2 (i.e. setNC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR to ‘-110 dBm (Never)’. The aim ofthis recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRSredirection.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -47

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel.

External Comment 1) The specific value of "-110 dBm (Never)" deactivates the NC cellreselections Cause PT2.2) The specific value of "-47 dBm (Always)" systematically allows thetriggering of NC cell reselections Cause PT2

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

850 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.134 (NC_DL_RXLEV_THR) - (NC_DL_RXLEV_THR)

HMI Name NC_DL_RXLEV_THRParameter Name

Logical Name NC_DL_RXLEV_THR

Definition Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT1 is triggereddue to a too bad RXLEV in the downlink direction (while the MS isin packet transfer mode).

Coding rules 0: "-110 dBm (Never)", 1:" -109 dBm", ...,63: "-47 dBm" (step size= 1 dB)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematicallytriggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it isrecommended to activate NC cell reselection Cause PT1 (i.e. setNC_DL_RXLEV_THR to ‘-47 dBm (Always)’.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -96

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel.

External Comment The specific value of "-110 dBm (Never)" deactivates the NC cellreselection Cause PT1.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 851 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.135 (NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR) - (NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR)

HMI Name NC_DL_RXQUAL_THRParameter Name

Logical Name NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR

Definition Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT3 is triggereddue to a too bad RXQUAL in downlink direction (while the MS isin packet transfer mode).

Coding rules step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed:"0", "0.1", "0.2", …, "6.9", "7 (Never)".

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematicallytriggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it isrecommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT3 (i.e. setNC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to ‘7 (Never)’. The aim of this recommendedrule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 7

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel.

External Comment The specific value of "7 (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselectionCause PT3.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

852 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.136 (NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET) - (NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET)

HMI Name NC_PING_PONG_OFFSETParameter Name

Logical Name NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET

Definition NC ping-pong offset which is applied to the C2 or C32 criterion todisfavour the neighbour cells during T_NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET.

Coding rules step size = 1 dB

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 63 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel.

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 853 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.137 (NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T) - (NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T)

HMI Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_TParameter Name

Logical Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T

Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS whilein packet transfer mode.

Coding rules coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : 7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0:30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) .

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.48 61.44 0.96

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit cell / Gprs / Reselection

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

854 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.138 (NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n)) -(NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n))

HMI Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n)Parameter Name

Logical Name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n)

Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS whilein packet transfer mode.

Coding rules coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : 7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0:30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) .

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.48 61.44 0.96

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit External cell / Packet 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 855 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.139 (NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) -(NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n))

HMI Name NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESISParameter Name

Logical Name NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n)

Definition NC cell reselection offset used for triggering power budget causes.

Coding rules 0: -127 dB (Always), 1: -126 dB, …, 254: 127 dB, 255: 128 dB(Never)(step size = 1 dB)

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -127 128 128

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit adjacency / Adjacency parameters View / outgoing

External Comment 1) The specific value of "128 dB (Never)" deactivates the NC cellreselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n.2) The specific value of "-127 dB" (Always)" systematically triggersthe NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

856 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.140 (NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR) -(NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR)

HMI Name NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTORParameter Name

Logical Name NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR

Definition Forgetting factor of the filter used to average the NC measurementsreported in the Packet Measurement Report messages.

Coding rules step size = 0.001

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0.13

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel.

External Comment This parameter applies to the serving cell and the neighbour cells.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 857 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.141 (NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD) - (NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD)

HMI Name NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD

Definition Period after which a weight of 0.9 s is applied to the current UL orDL RXQUAL samples in the averaging filter.

Coding rules step size = 20 ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 20 10000 4000

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel.

External Comment This parameter applies to the serving cell.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

858 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.142 (NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR) - (NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR)

HMI Name NC_UL_RXQUAL_THRParameter Name

Logical Name NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR

Definition Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT4 is triggereddue to a too bad RXQUAL in uplink direction (while the MS is inpacket transfer mode).

Coding rules step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed:"0", "0.1", "0.2", …, "6.9", "7 (Never)"

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematicallytriggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it isrecommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT4 (i.e. setNC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to ‘7 (Never)’. The aim of this recommendedrule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 7

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel.

External Comment The specific value of "7 (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselectionCause PT4.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 859 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.143 (NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE) - (NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE)

HMI Name NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODEParameter Name

Logical Name NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE

Definition NC2 deactivation mode. This parameter defines whether or not thePacket Measurement Order message with a Reset Command is sentat the end of a packet transfer.

Coding rules 0: "NC2 deactivation at the end of the packet transfer". A PacketMeasurement Order message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode atthe end of the packet transfer.1: "NC2 deactivation at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer". NoPacket Measurement Order message is sent to deactivate the NC2mode.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggeredsystematically (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Disable’), thepresence of the PBCCH is not mandatory. However, the followingrecommendations apply, depending on the presence of the PBCCH:

- If PBCCH is present, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE can be setto any value (at the end of the packet transfer mode or at the expiry ofthe GMM Ready timer) if the setting of the C32 parameters ensuresthat GPRS mobile stations do not camp in cells where outgoingGPRS redirections are systematically triggered.

- If PBCCH is not present or PBCCH is present but C32 parametersare not correctly set, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE shouldbe set to "at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer" to prevent theGPRS mobile stations from reselecting a cell where outgoing GPRSredirections are triggered systematically (at least while the MS is inpacket idle mode and the GMM Ready timer is running).

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel.

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

860 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 861 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.144 (NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER) -(NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER)

HMI Name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDERParameter Name

Logical Name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER

Definition This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cellreselections.

Coding rules 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cellreselections an no MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cellreselections but all the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.(Not supported)2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls thecell reselections of R99 onwards MS when in packet transfer modeor of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on theselected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activatedfor the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to theBSS.3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cellreselections of all MS when in packet transfer mode or of all MS whenin GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivationmode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, theMS reports packet measurements to the BSS.4: Reserved for future use

Mandatory rules - The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2 and 3 to the operator.- When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", thenNETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = NC0 mode of operation for all MS

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 4 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

862 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

External Comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 modeof operation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operationfor all MS", the 3G search is systematically deactivated whenactivating the NC2 mode (activation performed through thePacket Measurement Order [NC2] message). This 3G searchdeactivation is then performed independently of the value of theEN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 863 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.145 (NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER) -(NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n))

HMI Name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDERParameter Name

Logical Name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n)

Definition This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cellreselections.

Coding rules 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cellreselections an no MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cellreselections but all the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.(Not supported)2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls thecell reselections of R99 onwards MS when in packet transfer modeor of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on theselected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activatedfor the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to theBSS.3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cellreselections of all MS when in packet transfer mode or of all MS whenin GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivationmode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, theMS reports packet measurements to the BSS.4: Reserved for future use

Mandatory rules - The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2 and 3 to the operator.- When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", thenNETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = NC0 mode of operation for all MS

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 4 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit External Cell / Packet 2/2

External Comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode ofoperation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for allMS", the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating theNC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message.This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of thevalue of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter.

864 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 865 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.146 (Network_mode_of_operation) - (network_operation_mode(BSC))

HMI Name Network_mode_of_operationParameter Name

Logical Name network_operation_mode (BSC)

Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging.

Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 ==Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III.

Mandatory rules If the ‘network_operation_mode (BSC)’ parameter is set to NMO IIthen all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0

Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS).

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 3 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS

External Comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of(E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS.NMO I requires a Gs interface.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

866 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.147 (Network_mode_of_operation) - (network_operation_mode(MFS))

HMI Name Network_mode_of_operationParameter Name

Logical Name network_operation_mode (MFS)

Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging.

Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 ==Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III

Mandatory rules If the ‘network_operation_mode (MFS)’ parameter is set to NMO IIthen all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0.

Equal to network_operation_mode (BSC).

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 3 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS

External Comment Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of(E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS.NMO I requires a Gs interface.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 867 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.148 (Normal Information Rate) - (NIR)

HMI Name Normal Information RateParameter Name

Logical Name NIR

Definition Normal Information Rate.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC

Recommended rules NIR=0 when direct access is used

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

kbit/s 0 1984 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access MFSUSM / GB Configuration / NSVC Creation

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

868 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.149 (NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY) -(NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY)

HMI Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITYParameter Name

Logical Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_PRIORITY

Definition Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet FlowContext, with precedence parameter set to 'normal'

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 15 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 869 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.150 (NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY) -(NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY)

HMI Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITYParameter Name

Logical Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY

Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet FlowContext, with precedence parameter set to 'normal'

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 15 6

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

870 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.151 (NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY) -(NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY)

HMI Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITYParameter Name

Logical Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY

Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP2 Packet FlowContext, with precedence parameter set to 'normal'

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 15 9

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 871 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.152 (NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY) -(NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY)

HMI Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITYParameter Name

Logical Name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY

Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP3 Packet FlowContext, with precedence parameter set to 'normal'

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 15 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

872 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.153 (NS Priority) - (NS_Priority)

HMI Name NS PriorityParameter Name

Logical Name NS_Priority

Definition Priority of the NSVC, is used by the load sharing.

Coding rules 1: lowest priority, 255:highest priority

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance NSVC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 255 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access MFSUSM / GB Configuration / NSVC Creation

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 873 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.154 (NSEI) - (NSEI)

HMI Name NSEIParameter Name

Logical Name NSEI

Definition NSE Identifier.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance NSE

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 65535 None

Modifiable OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access MFSUSM / GB Configuration / NSE Creation

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

874 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.155 (NSVC Identifier) - (NSVCI)

HMI Name NSVC IdentifierParameter Name

Logical Name NSVCI

Definition NSVC identifier.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance NSVC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 65535 None

Modifiable OMC Changes: set by create(MFS) RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access MFSUSM / GB Configuration / NSVC Creation

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 875 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.156 (PAN_DEC) - (PAN_DEC (BSC))

HMI Name PAN_DECParameter Name

Logical Name PAN_DEC (BSC)

Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET ULACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182.

Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

876 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.157 (PAN_DEC) - (PAN_DEC (MFS))

HMI Name PAN_DECParameter Name

Logical Name PAN_DEC (MFS)

Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET ULACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182.

Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 877 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.158 (PAN_INC) - (PAN_INC (BSC))

HMI Name PAN_INCParameter Name

Logical Name PAN_INC (BSC)

Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET ULACK/NACK is received by MS.

Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

878 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.159 (PAN_INC) - (PAN_INC (MFS))

HMI Name PAN_INCParameter Name

Logical Name PAN_INC (MFS)

Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET ULACK/NACK is received by MS.

Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 879 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.160 (PAN_MAX) - (PAN_MAX (BSC))

HMI Name PAN_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name PAN_MAX (BSC)

Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MSwhen N3102 <= 0.

Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12…., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,…, 111

Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 32 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

880 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.161 (PAN_MAX) - (PAN_MAX (MFS))

HMI Name PAN_MAXParameter Name

Logical Name PAN_MAX (MFS)

Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MSwhen N3102 <= 0.

Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12,.., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,.., 111

Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 32 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 881 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.162 (PC_MEAS_CHAN) - (PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC))

HMI Name PC_MEAS_CHANParameter Name

Logical Name PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC)

Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measurethe received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplinkpower control.

Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH

Mandatory rules Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS).

Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

882 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.163 (PC_MEAS_CHAN) - (PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS))

HMI Name PC_MEAS_CHANParameter Name

Logical Name PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS)

Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measurethe received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplinkpower control.

Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made onBCCH, 1 : downlink measurements for power control shall be madeon PDCH

Mandatory rules Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC).

Recommended rules PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 883 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.164 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1) -(PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1)

HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1

Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for DL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1<PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 0.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

884 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.165 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2) -(PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2)

HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2

Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 <PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2<PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 885 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.166 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3) -(PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3)

HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3

Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 <PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 1.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

886 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.167 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4) -(PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4)

HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4

Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 <PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 887 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.168 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5) -(PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5)

HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5

Definition Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for DL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 <PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 2.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

888 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.169 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6) -(PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6)

HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6

Definition Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for DL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 <PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 889 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.170 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7) -(PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7)

HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7

Definition Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for DL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 <PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 3.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

890 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.171 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8) -(PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8)

HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8

Definition Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for DL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 <PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 891 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.172 (PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9) -(PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9)

HMI Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9

Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for DL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 <PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 4.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

892 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.173 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1) -(PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1

Definition Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for DLTBF duration distribution.

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 1639

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 893 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.174 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2) -(PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2

Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 3277.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

894 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.175 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3) -(PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3

Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 4916

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 895 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.176 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4) -(PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4

Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 6554.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

896 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.177 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5) -(PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5

Definition Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for DL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 8193

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 897 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.178 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6) -(PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6

Definition Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for DL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 9831.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

898 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.179 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7) -(PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7

Definition Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for DL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 11470

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 899 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.180 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8) -(PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8

Definition Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for DL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 13108.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

900 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.181 (PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9) -(PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9

Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for DL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 14747

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 901 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.182 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1

Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLCvolume carried by an DL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 10000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

902 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.183 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2

Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLCvolume carried by an DL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 20000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 903 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.184 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3

Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volumecarried by an DL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 30000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

904 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.185 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4

Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volumecarried by an DL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 40000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 905 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.186 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5

Definition Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for LLC volumecarried by an DL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 50000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

906 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.187 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6

Definition Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for LLC volumecarried by an DL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 60000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 907 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.188 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7

Definition Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for LLC volumecarried by an DL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 70000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

908 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.189 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8

Definition Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for LLC volumecarried by an DL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 80000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 909 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.190 (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9) - (PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9)

HMI Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9

Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for LLCvolume carried by an DL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 90000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

910 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.191 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1) -(PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1)

HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1

Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for UL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1<PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 0.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 911 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.192 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2) -(PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2)

HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2

Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 <PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2<PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

912 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.193 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3) -(PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3)

HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3

Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 <PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 1.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 913 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.194 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4) -(PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4)

HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4

Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 <PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

914 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.195 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5) -(PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5)

HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5

Definition Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for UL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 <PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 2.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 915 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.196 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6) -(PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6)

HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6

Definition Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for UL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 <PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

916 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.197 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7) -(PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7)

HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7

Definition Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for UL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 <PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 3.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 917 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.198 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8) -(PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8)

HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8

Definition Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for UL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 <PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 4

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

918 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.199 (PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9) -(PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9)

HMI Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9

Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for UL PDCHunit allocation distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH

Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 <PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0.1 4.9 4.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 919 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.200 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1) -(PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1

Definition Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for ULTBF duration distribution.

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 1639

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

920 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.201 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2) -(PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2

Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 3277.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 921 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.202 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3) -(PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3

Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 4916

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

922 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.203 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4) -(PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4

Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 6554.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 923 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.204 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5) -(PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5

Definition Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for UL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 8193

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

924 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.205 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6) -(PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6

Definition Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for UL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 9831.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 925 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.206 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7) -(PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7

Definition Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for UL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 11470

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

926 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.207 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8) -(PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8

Definition Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for UL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 13108.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 927 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.208 (PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9) -(PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9

Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for UL TBFduration distribution

Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 16383.5 14747

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

928 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.209 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1

Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLCvolume carried by an UL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 10000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 929 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.210 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2

Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLCvolume carried by an UL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 20000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

930 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.211 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3

Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volumecarried by an UL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 30000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 931 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.212 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4

Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volumecarried by an UL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 40000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

932 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.213 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5

Definition Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for LLC volumecarried by an UL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 50000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 933 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.214 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6

Definition Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for LLC volumecarried by an UL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 60000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

934 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.215 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7

Definition Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for LLC volumecarried by an UL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 70000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 935 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.216 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8

Definition Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for LLC volumecarried by an UL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 80000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

936 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.217 (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9) - (PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9)

HMI Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9Parameter Name

Logical Name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9

Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for LLCvolume carried by an UL TBF distribution

Coding rules step size = 1 byte

Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

byte 1 99999999 90000000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 937 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.218 (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1) - (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1)

HMI Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1Parameter Name

Logical Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1

Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence levelfor radio priority 1.

Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4bits0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 01 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 :persistence level 4. . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 16 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

938 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.219 (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2) - (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2)

HMI Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2Parameter Name

Logical Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2

Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence levelfor radio priority 2.

Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4bits0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 01 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 :persistence level 4. . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 16 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 939 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.220 (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3) - (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3)

HMI Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3Parameter Name

Logical Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3

Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence levelfor radio priority 3.

Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4bits0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 01 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 :persistence level 4. . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 16 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

940 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.221 (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4) - (PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4)

HMI Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4Parameter Name

Logical Name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4

Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence levelfor radio priority 4.

Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4bits0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 01 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 :persistence level 4. . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 16 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 941 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.222 (PFC_T6) - (PFC_T6)

HMI Name PFC_T6Parameter Name

Logical Name PFC_T6

Definition Timer guarding the Download-BSS-PFC procedure

Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 10 0.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

942 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.223 (PFC_T8) - (PFC_T8)

HMI Name PFC_T8Parameter Name

Logical Name PFC_T8

Definition Timer guarding the Modify-BSS-PFC procedure

Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 10 0.5

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 943 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.224 (PRACH_BUSY_THRES) - (PRACH_BUSY_THRES)

HMI Name PRACH_BUSY_THRESParameter Name

Logical Name PRACH_BUSY_THRES

Definition Received level above which a PRACH block is deemed busy.

Coding rules This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows:0: -110 dBm1: -106 dBm2: -102 dBm3: -98 dBm4: -94 dBm5: -90 dBm6: -86 dBm7: -82 dBm8: -78 dBm9: -74 dBm10: -70 dBm11: -66 dBm12: -62 dBm13: -58 dBm14: -54 dBm15: -50 dBm

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -50 -106

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC

External Comment Parameter used in dynamic allocation of secondary MasterPDCHalgorithm.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

944 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.225 (PRIORITY_CLASS) - (GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS)

HMI Name PRIORITY_CLASSParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS

Definition HCS priority of the cell, used in NC0.

Coding rules Coded on 3 bits.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 945 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.226 (PRIORITY_CLASS) - (GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n))

HMI Name PRIORITY_CLASSParameter Name

Logical Name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n)

Definition HCS priority of the adjacent cell, used in NC0.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2 (+ Edit External Cell / Packet)

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

946 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.227 (PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX) - (PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX)

HMI Name PS_PREF_BCCH_TRXParameter Name

Logical Name PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX

Definition Indicates whether or not the PS requests shall be preferentiallyserved with PDCH(s) of the BCCH TRX

Coding rules 0: No preference. The TRX ranking algorithm handles the BCCHTRX as a non-BCCH TRX.

1: PS requests preferentially served on BCCH TRX. The TRXranking algorithm ensures that the BCCH TRX has the highestpreference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can carryPS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX).

2 : PS requests served on BCCH TRX with lowest priority. TheTRX ranking algorithm ensures that the BCCH TRX has the lowestpreference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can carryPS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX).

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping /radio-hopping cell, Alcatel recommend to set this parameter to ‘0’ inorder to reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK outputpower (see external comment).If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, setting thisparameter to ‘0’ does not reduce the likelihood of having to reducethe GMSK output power since PS capable TRXs will hop on theBCCH carrier.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 2 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 947 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

External Comment When set to ‘1’ or '2', this parameter is only relevant if the BCCH TRXsupports PS traffic (i.e. if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on the BCCH TRX).If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping /radio-hopping cell, if the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic and if theBCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware allowing the usage of8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the meanoutput powers between GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dBin order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008requirements (or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined on timeslotnumber 7 of the BCCH TRX).If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, the operatorshall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers betweenGMSK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliantwith 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or 4 dB iftimeslot number 7 is not part of the PDCH groups).

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

948 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.228 (QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN) - (QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN)

HMI Name QOS_SAFETY_MARGINParameter Name

Logical Name QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN

Definition Additional capacity (in terms of radio bandwidth and in terms oftransmission resources) which is reserved for a streaming TBF (RTPFC) to correctly fulfill its AGBR contract and to possibly convey othermultiplexed NRT PFC(s) of the same TBF. The part of this marginthat is not used by the streaming TBF may be used by other TBF(s).

Coding rules step size = 10%

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Setting QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN to 0% is not recommended (theGBR of some RT PFCs may turn out to be impossible to guarantee inthis case).

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 949 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.229 (R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) - (R_AVERAGE_EGPRS)

HMI Name R_AVERAGE_EGPRSParameter Name

Logical Name R_AVERAGE_EGPRS

Definition Average bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS

Recommended rules R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher thanthe useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. ifMAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 => R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall notbe higher than 59,2kbps).

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bit/s 0 59200 30000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted,per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. Itis recommended not to set this bit rate higher than the averagemeasured bit rate in the cell.The default value corresponds to MCS-6.The max value corresponds to MCS-9.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

950 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.230 (R_AVERAGE_GPRS) - (R_AVERAGE_GPRS)

HMI Name R_AVERAGE_GPRSParameter Name

Logical Name R_AVERAGE_GPRS

Definition Average bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS

Recommended rules R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher thanthe useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. ifMAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be higherthan 12kbps).

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bit/s 0 20000 12000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted,per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. Itis recommended not to set this bit rate higher than the averagemeasured bit rate in the cell.The default value corresponds to CS-2.The max value corresponds to CS-4.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 951 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.231 (RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS) - (RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS)

HMI Name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESISParameter Name

Logical Name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS

Definition This parameter indicates in both STANDBY and READY state theadditional hysteresis which applies when selecting a cell in a newRouting Area.

Coding rules step size = 2 dB, Coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001=2 dB, ...111=14 dB

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB 0 14 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

952 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.232 (RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER) - (RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS))

HMI Name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTERParameter Name

Logical Name RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS)

Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKETCHANNEL REQUEST filtering.

Coding rules 64: no filtering

Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC)

Recommended rules Disable the filtering for extended cells.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bper 0 64 64

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Ctrl Channel

External Comment One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNELREQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages withTiming Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER arediscarded.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 953 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.233 (RMIN_EGPRS) - (RMIN_EGPRS)

HMI Name RMIN_EGPRSParameter Name

Logical Name RMIN_EGPRS

Definition Minimal bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell (at95 % or 90% confidence level or less %, depending on tolerable risk)

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS

Recommended rules If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = Falsethen the following condition must be respected: RMIN_EGPRS<= useful bitrate corresponding to min (TBF_UL_INIT_MCS,TBF_DL_INIT_MCS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can bedowngraded to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bit/s 0 59200 20800

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streamingPFC for Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. Itshould be set appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning.The default value corresponds to a bitrate between MCS-4 andMCS-5.The max value corresponds to MCS-9.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

954 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.234 (RMIN_GPRS) - (RMIN_GPRS)

HMI Name RMIN_GPRSParameter Name

Logical Name RMIN_GPRS

Definition Minimal bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell(at 95 % or 90%confidence level or less %, depending on tolerable risk)

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS

Recommended rules If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = Falsethen the following condition must be respected: RMIN_GPRS<= useful bitrate corresponding to min (TBF_UL_INIT_CS,TBF_DL_INIT_CS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can bedowngraded to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

bit/s 0 20000 8000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streamingPFC for Non Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. Itshould be set appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning.The default value corresponds to CS-1.The max value corresponds to CS-4.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 955 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.235 (Round trip delay MFS-MS) - (round_trip_delay)

HMI Name Round trip delay MFS-MSParameter Name

Logical Name round_trip_delay

Definition Round trip delay between the MFS and a MS.

Coding rules step size=10 ms

Mandatory rules T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 80 940 160

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2

External Comment The round-trip delay is used by the RRM, RLC and MAC layers. TheOMC-R and the MFS also use this parameter to determine whetheror not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links asfollows:- If round_trip_delay < 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS considerthat GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links,- If round_trip_delay >= 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS considerthat GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Atersatellite links.When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite linksin the serving cell, it is recommended to set the round_trip_delayparameter to [Delay due to satellite (540 ms) + Delay due to MFS-MSlink (160 ms)] = 700 ms.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

956 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.236 (Routing Area Code for GPRS) - (RA_CODE (BSC))

HMI Name Routing Area Code for GPRSParameter Name

Logical Name RA_CODE (BSC)

Definition Routing Area Code for GPRS.

Coding rules The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not beenset by the operator.

Mandatory rules - Equal to RA_CODE (MFS)- A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer)shall have the same RA_CODE when they are PS capable

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None -1 255 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicatedhere is for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 957 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.237 (Routing Area Code for GPRS) - (RA_CODE (MFS))

HMI Name Routing Area Code for GPRSParameter Name

Logical Name RA_CODE (MFS)

Definition Routing Area Code.

Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60)other values: external or unknown cell

Mandatory rules - Equal to RA_CODE (BSC)- A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer)shall have the same RA_CODE when they are PS capable

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None -1 255 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment The value depends on configuration. The default value indicatedhere is for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

958 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.238 (Routing Area Code for GPRS) - (RA_CODE(n))

HMI Name Routing Area Code for GPRSParameter Name

Logical Name RA_CODE(n)

Definition Routing Area Code of neighbour cells.

Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60);other values: external or unknown cell.The special value of "-1" means that the RA code has still notbeen valued by the network provider or that the MFS shall set theSAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules If i) the target and serving cells belong to different PLMNs and ii) theRAC and LAC of the target cell are equal to the RAC and LAC of theserving cell, and iii) there is a PBCCH established in the servingcell, and iv) a cell reselection adjacency link is defined between theserving cell and the target cell, then it is recommended to set theRA_CODE to ‘-1’. Otherwise, the MFS considers that the serving celland the target cell belong to the same routing area when settingthe SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field in the 04.60 PACKETSYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3/3bis messages.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None -1 255 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Adjacencies

External Comment The special value of -1 means that the RA code has still not beenvalued by the operator or that the routing area of the serving cell isdifferent from the routing area of the target cell.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 959 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.239 (Routing Area Colour for GPRS) - (RA_COLOUR)

HMI Name Routing Area Colour for GPRSParameter Name

Logical Name RA_COLOUR

Definition Routing Area Colour for GPRS.

Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. the initial special value -1 means that the RAcodecolour has not yet been valued by the network provider.

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 7 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment Default value depends on the configuration. The value indicated hereis for implementation purposes.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

960 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.240 (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS))

HMI Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MINParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS)

Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to thecell.

Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm.

Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -100

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access ?

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 961 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.241 (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN) - (RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS))

HMI Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MINParameter Name

Logical Name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS)

Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to thecell.

Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm.

Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance adj

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -110 -47 -100

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC only RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit External Cell/ Packet2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) of previousrelease

962 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.242 (S) - (S)

HMI Name SParameter Name

Logical Name S

Definition Number of slots between 2 successive PACKET CHANNELREQUEST.

Coding rules Possible values are : 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010,... ,1001

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links,it is recommended to set S so that the time between two successivePacket Channel Request messages is longer than 900 ms.

When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links,it is recommended to set S so that the time between two successivePacket Channel Request messages is longer than 1400 ms.

The number of slots belonging to the MS’s PRACH between 2successive Packet Channel Request messages is a random valuedrawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distributionin the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1) with T = Tx_INT. The time in secondsbetween two Packet Channel Request messages is determined asa function of S, TX_INT and of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter.BS_PRACH_BLKS defines the number of blocks statically allocatedto the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each PCCCH.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 12 217 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 963 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.243 (SGSNR) - (SGSNR)

HMI Name SGSNRParameter Name

Logical Name SGSNR

Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendationsused to implement SGSN software.

Coding rules 0 = SGSN is release '98 or older; 1 = SGSN is release '99 onwards

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / Internetworking SGSN Internetworking

External Comment Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to resetautonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

964 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.244 (SMS_PRIORITY) - (SMS_PRIORITY)

HMI Name SMS_PRIORITYParameter Name

Logical Name SMS_PRIORITY

Definition Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined "SMS" PFC.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 4 15 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 965 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.245 (T stop frame relay emission) - (T_STOP_FR_EMISSION)

HMI Name T stop frame relay emissionParameter Name

Logical Name T_STOP_FR_EMISSION

Definition Timer used to trigger restart of emission on a PVC (Frame Relay).

Coding rules step size = 1 ms

Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization.

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance PVC

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 10 5000 100

Modifiable OMC Changes: MFS RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access MFSUSM / GB Configuration / NSVC Creation

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

966 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.246 (T_AVG_T) - (T_AVG_T (BSC))

HMI Name T_AVG_TParameter Name

Logical Name T_AVG_T (BSC)

Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode.

Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 25 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 967 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.247 (T_AVG_T) - (T_AVG_T (MFS))

HMI Name T_AVG_TParameter Name

Logical Name T_AVG_T (MFS)

Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode.

Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 25 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

968 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.248 (T_AVG_W) - (T_AVG_W (BSC))

HMI Name T_AVG_WParameter Name

Logical Name T_AVG_W (BSC)

Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode.

Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 25 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 969 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.249 (T_AVG_W) - (T_AVG_W (MFS))

HMI Name T_AVG_WParameter Name

Logical Name T_AVG_W (MFS)

Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode.

Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 25 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Power Control

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

970 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.250 (T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN) - (T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN)

HMI Name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUANParameter Name

Logical Name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN

Definition This timer defines the duration of the delay introduced by the BSSto send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack message when releasing anUL TBF.

Coding rules step size : 100 ms ; 0 = 0 msec, 1 = 100 msec, 2 = 200 msec, etc

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 0 2000 400

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access —

External Comment The feature "delayed emission of the final Packet UL Ack/Nack"can be inhibited by setting the value 0 to the parameterT_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN. When the feature is enabled, the timerduration should be long enough to let the server send its responseto the uplink PDUs received from the MS, while remaining shortenough in order not to jeopardise the sending of further uplink PDUsby the MS.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 971 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.251 (T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport) - (T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport)

HMI Name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReportParameter Name

Logical Name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport

Definition Time period to request for a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack withmeasurements.

Coding rules step size = 20 ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 60 3000 400

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

972 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.252 (T_FLOW_CTRL_CELL) - (T_flow_ctrl_cell)

HMI Name T_FLOW_CTRL_CELLParameter Name

Logical Name T_flow_ctrl_cell

Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message toSGSN.

Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 10 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 973 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.253 (T_FLOW_CTRL_MS) - (T_flow_ctrl_ms)

HMI Name T_FLOW_CTRL_MSParameter Name

Logical Name T_flow_ctrl_ms

Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-MS messagetowards the SGSN for GPRS and EGPRS Mobile Stations.

Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 250 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS

External Comment 1) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS is set to "0", then the MS flow controlmechanism is inhibited;2) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C< T_flow_ctrl_ms< Th". The parameters C and Th are defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

974 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.254 (T_GCH_CORR) - (Tcorr)

HMI Name T_GCH_CORRParameter Name

Logical Name Tcorr

Definition Timer to supervise clock drift correction loop for 16k channel.

Coding rules step size=100ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Tcorr > Trelease+240ms and Tcorr > Testab+240mswhere 240 ms represents the maximum delay in MAC layer betweenthe notification for a DBN correction and the application of this DBNcorrection.

It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellitelinks:- Tcorr = 0.8 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Aterterrestrial links in the serving cell,- Tcorr = 1.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellitelinks or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.5 2 0.8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCHchannels. Former HMI name Tcorr.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule - if old Tcorr value <= 0,8 sec, then new Tcorr valueis 0,8 sec.- if 0,8 sec < old Tcorr value < 1,4 sec, then newTcorr value is 1,4 sec.- if old Tcorr value >= 1,4 sec, then keep Tcorrvalue of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 975 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.255 (T_GCH_ESTAB) - (Testab)

HMI Name T_GCH_ESTABParameter Name

Logical Name Testab

Definition Supervision of loss of GCH link establishment for 16k channels.

Coding rules step size= 100 ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Treq_pending > TestabIt is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellitelinks:- Testab = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Aterterrestrial links in the serving cell,- Testab = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellitelinks or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 2 0.4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / General groups

External Comment HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCHchannels. Former HMI name Testab.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

976 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.256 (T_GCH_INACTIVITY) - (T_GCH_INACTIVITY)

HMI Name T_GCH_INACTIVITYParameter Name

Logical Name T_GCH_INACTIVITY

Definition - For Non Evolium BTS :Timer to postpone the release of one slave PDCH, when it does notsupport any (E)GPRS traffic.- For Evolium BTS :Timer to postpone the release of the "unused" GCHs of the M-EGCHlink of a TRX (the condition for some GCHs of the M-EGCH link ofa TRX to become "unused" is that some TBFs established on thatTRX were released).

Coding rules step size = 1sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all thecells of the BSS.This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs arereleased and reestablished again some moments later. This way, theT3 and T4 TBF reallocations can benefit from the GCHs which arecurrently unused, but still established.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 100 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer comes to makea trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecomperformance:- The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the higher is the GCHresource usage on the Ater interface.- The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the lower is theaverage duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially ifthe GPRS traffic is carried through satellite.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 977 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B8 value of T_PDCH_Inactivity

978 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.257 (T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST) - (T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST)

HMI Name T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LASTParameter Name

Logical Name T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST

Definition - Evolium BTS :Timer to postpone the release of the lastN_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS GCHs established in acell, when the last TBF has been released in the cell. There is nomore (E)GPRS traffic in the cell, but keeping some GCHs establishedwill be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the cell (e.g.WAP, WEB).- Non Evolium BTS :Timer to postpone the release of the last established slave PDCH ofa cell, when it does not support GPRS traffic anymore. There is nomore GPRS traffic in the cell, but keeping a PDCH established willbe useful in case of GPRS traffic resumption in the cell.

Coding rules step size = 1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 200 20

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment That timer is relevant only if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS isdisabled.

The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer comes to makea trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecomperformance:- The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the higher isthe GCH resource usage on the Ater interface.- The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the lower is theaverage duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially ifthe GPRS traffic is carried through satellite links.This parameter may also be used to ensure that the BSS reserves atleast one GCH resource in the serving cell while the MS is engagedin a Web browsing session.

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 979 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B8 value of T_PDCH_Inactivity_Last

980 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.258 (T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL) - (T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL)

HMI Name T_MAX_EXTENDED_ULParameter Name

Logical Name T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL

Definition Maximum duration of the extended uplink TBF phase

Coding rules step size = 100 ms

Mandatory rules T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec

Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellitelinks:- between 1 sec and 2 sec if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis andAter terrestrial links,- between 1.5 sec and 2.5 sec if GPRS traffic is carried either throughAbis satellite links or Ater satellite links.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 100 4000 2000

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 981 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.259 (T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING) -(T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING)

HMI Name T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERINGParameter Name

Logical Name T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING

Definition Time which multiplied by the GBR defines a buffer level above whichwe may consider the BSS failed to provide the GBR

Coding rules step size = 1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 8 100 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

982 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.260 (T_NC_PING_PONG) - (T_NC_PING_PONG)

HMI Name T_NC_PING_PONGParameter Name

Logical Name T_NC_PING_PONG

Definition Time during which the ping-pong offset is applied.

Coding rules step size = 100 ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 0 20000 5000

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel.

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 983 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.261 (T_NC_REJ_CELL) - (T_NC_REJ_CELL)

HMI Name T_NC_REJ_CELLParameter Name

Logical Name T_NC_REJ_CELL

Definition Time during which a NC cell reselection is inhibited towards that celldue to a previous NC cell reselection failure on that cell.

Coding rules step size = 100 ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 0 20000 5000

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Resel. 1/2

External Comment -

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

984 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.262 (T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME) -(T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME)

HMI Name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIMEParameter Name

Logical Name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME

Definition Maximum expected response time of a network server as seen fromthe MFS.

Coding rules step size: 100 ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 100 5000 1600

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / General

External Comment 1) The response time corresponds to T1 – T2 where T2 correspondsto the time at which a command is sent to the SGSN and T1 the timeat which the response is received on the MFS side. This command/ response is e.g. the LLC PDU containing an FTP GET and thefirst LLC PDU starting the file transfer. It can also be the LLC PDUcontaining an HTTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the pagedownload.

2) The value of this timer defines the duration of the Delayed DL TBFRelease procedure. In case the servers to which the GGSN servingthe MFS is connected are not located at the same place, then themaximum server response time should be entered. However, notethat the higher this timer is, the longer TBF releases will be delayedand therefore the more resources are used up.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 985 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.263 (T_PAG_PS) - (T_PAG_PS (BSC))

HMI Name T_PAG_PSParameter Name

Logical Name T_PAG_PS (BSC)

Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message canremain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delayon Gb and A-bis interface.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (MFS)

Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 25.5 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

986 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.264 (T_PAG_PS) - (T_PAG_PS (MFS))

HMI Name T_PAG_PSParameter Name

Logical Name T_PAG_PS (MFS)

Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message canremain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delayon Gb and A-bis interface.

Coding rules step size = 0.1sec

Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (BSC)

Recommended rules T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 25.5 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 987 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.265 (T_PSI_PACCH) - (T_PSI_PACCH)

HMI Name T_PSI_PACCHParameter Name

Logical Name T_PSI_PACCH

Definition Scheduling period of PSI or PSI13 on PACCH.

Coding rules step size =1sec,00000 == Deactivated PSI scheduling on PACCH,00001 == 1s,…11110 == T_PSI_PACCH = 30 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 30 14

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit BSS / GPRS / General

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

988 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.266 (T_RESEL) - (T_RESEL)

HMI Name T_RESELParameter Name

Logical Name T_RESEL

Definition Timer whose expiry allows a MS, which has performed an abnormalrelease with cell reselection, to reselect the previous cell.

Coding rules coded on 3 bits, 000= 5 sec, 001= 10 sec, 010 = 15 sec, 011 = 20sec, 100= 30 sec, 101 = 60 sec, 110 = 120 sec, 111 = 300 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 5 300 5

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master Channel 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 989 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.267 (T_ul_assign_PCCCH) - (T_ul_assign_pccch)

HMI Name T_ul_assign_PCCCHParameter Name

Logical Name T_ul_assign_pccch

Definition The duration between the reception of the (EGPRS) Packet ChannelRequest message and one uplink radio block allocated to the MS.

Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellitelinks:- T_ul_asssign_pccch = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abisand Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell,- T_ul_assign_pccch = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either throughAbis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0.1 0.7 0.4

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

990 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.268 (T3168) - (T3168 (BSC))

HMI Name T3168Parameter Name

Logical Name T3168 (BSC)

Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packetUL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (caseof two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a ChannelRequest Description Information Element in a Packet DownlinkAck/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF).Broadcast in SI13 within the GPRS Cell Options IE.

Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows:001: 1000 ms010: 1500 ms011: 2000 ms100: 2500 ms101: 3000 ms110: 3500 ms111: 4000 ms.

Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (MFS)

Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:- T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links inthe serving cell,- T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite linksin the serving cell.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 4 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2

External Comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS forgranting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also coverthe round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFSbefore the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the MobileStation. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this releaseof the Alcatel BSS.

Cell Type Dependent No

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 991 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

992 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.269 (T3168) - (T3168 (MFS))

HMI Name T3168Parameter Name

Logical Name T3168 (MFS)

Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packetUL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (caseof two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a ChannelRequest Description Information Element in a Packet DownlinkAck/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF).Broadcast in PSI1 within the GPRS Cell Options IE.

Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows:001: 1000 ms010: 1500 ms011: 2000 ms100: 2500 ms101: 3000 ms110: 3500 ms111: 4000 ms.

Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (BSC)

Recommended rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links:- T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links,- T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 1 4 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2

External Comment The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS forgranting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also coverthe round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFSbefore the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the MobileStation. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this releaseof the Alcatel BSS.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 993 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

994 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.270 (T3192) - (T3192 (BSC))

HMI Name T3192Parameter Name

Logical Name T3192 (BSC)

Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception ofthe final block by the MS.

Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows:0 0 0: 500 msec0 0 1: 1000 msec0 1 0: 1500 msec1 1 1: 200 msec

Mandatory rules Equal to T3192 (MFS)T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec

Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms)It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellitelinks:==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestriallinks in the serving cell:i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and thedelayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. ifDRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0)ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or thedelayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. ifDRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then :- some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayedphase, and- the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS,which may lead the MS to send useless PMR before leaving its readystate.

==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links orAter satellite links in the serving cell:i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and thedelayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. ifDRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0)ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or thedelayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. ifDRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 995 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 200 1500 500

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2

External Comment The following values of T3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 44.60 are notsupported in this release of the Alcatel BSS:0 1 1: 0 msec1 0 0: 80 msec1 0 1: 120 msec1 1 0: 160 msec

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

996 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.271 (T3192) - (T3192 (MFS))

HMI Name T3192Parameter Name

Logical Name T3192 (MFS)

Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception ofthe final block by the MS.

Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows:0 0 0: 500 msec0 0 1: 1000 msec0 1 0: 1500 msec1 1 1: 200 msec

Mandatory rules Equal to T3192 (BSC)T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec

Recommended rules T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms)It is recommended to set this parameter as follows dependingwhether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellitelinks:==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestriallinks in the serving cell:i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and thedelayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. ifDRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0)ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or thedelayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. ifDRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then :- some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayedphase, and- the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS,which may lead the MS to send useless PMR before leaving its readystate.

==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links orAter satellite links in the serving cell:i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and thedelayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. ifDRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0)ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or thedelayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. ifDRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 997 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 200 1500 500

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2

External Comment The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 44.60 are notsupported in this release of the Alcatel BSS:0 1 1: 0 msec1 0 0: 80 msec1 0 1: 120 msec1 1 0: 160 msec

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

998 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.272 (T3212) - (T3212 (MFS))

HMI Name T3212Parameter Name

Logical Name T3212 (MFS)

Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutivePeriodic Location Update procedures.

Coding rules 0: no periodic location update, coded on 8 bits

Mandatory rules Equal to T3212 (BSC)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

6 mn 0 255 30

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 999 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.273 (TBF_CS_DL) - (TBF_CS_DL)

HMI Name TBF_CS_DLParameter Name

Logical Name TBF_CS_DL

Definition Threshold defining the number of consecutive PACKET DOWNLINKACK/NACK not received above which the Coding Scheme of a DLacknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to CS-1.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 15 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2

External Comment If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Aterterrestrial link, in case where N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL thenthe loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger linkadaptation but TBF release.If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellitelink, in case where N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL thenthe loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger linkadaptation but TBF release.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

1000 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.274 (TBF_CS_UL) - (TBF_CS_UL)

HMI Name TBF_CS_ULParameter Name

Logical Name TBF_CS_UL

Definition Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times thenetwork receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing fromthe MS having a monoslot GPRS TBF before changing the codingscheme to CS1. For a multislot GPRS TBF, TBF_CS_UL_limit :=TBF_CS_UL x n_allocated

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 64 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / CS3/CS4 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1001 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.275 (TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD) - (TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD)

HMI Name TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD

Definition Defines the window size required to estimate the CS3 BLER. Thewindow size is expressed as a number of DL RLC data blocks.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 512 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

1002 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.276 (TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD) - (TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD)

HMI Name TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD

Definition Defines the window size required to estimate the CS4 BLER. Thewindow size is expressed as a number of DL RLC data blocks.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 512 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1003 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.277 (TBF_DL_INIT_CS) - (TBF_DL_INIT_CS)

HMI Name TBF_DL_INIT_CSParameter Name

Logical Name TBF_DL_INIT_CS

Definition Value of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptationalgorithm is disabled or initial value of the coding scheme otherwise.

Coding rules 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4

Mandatory rules TBF_DL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 4 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

1004 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.278 (TBF_MCS_DL) - (TBF_MCS_DL)

HMI Name TBF_MCS_DLParameter Name

Logical Name TBF_MCS_DL

Definition Threshold defining the number of consecutive EGPRS PACKETDOWNLINK ACK/NACK not received above which the MCS of a DLacknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to MCS-1.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 15 12

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / E-GPRS

External Comment If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Aterterrestrial link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DLthen the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will nottrigger link adaptation but TBF release.If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Atersatellite link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE< TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DLACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1005 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.279 (TBF_MCS_UL) - (TBF_MCS_UL)

HMI Name TBF_MCS_ULParameter Name

Logical Name TBF_MCS_UL

Definition Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times thenetwork receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from theMS having a monoslot EGPRS TBF before changing the codingscheme to MCS1. For a multislot EGPRS TBF, TBF_MCS_UL_limit:= TBF_MCS_UL x n_allocated_timeslots.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 192 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / E-GPRS

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

1006 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.280 (TBF_UL_INIT_CS) - (TBF_UL_INIT_CS)

HMI Name TBF_UL_INIT_CSParameter Name

Logical Name TBF_UL_INIT_CS

Definition Value of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithmis disabled or initial value of the coding scheme otherwise.

Coding rules 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4

Mandatory rules TBF_UL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 4 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1007 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.281 (THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING) - (THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING)

HMI Name THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKINGParameter Name

Logical Name THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING

Definition Threshold above which the load of the serving cell is considered in ahigh load situation in the NC2 cell ranking process

Coding rules Step size of 10%0 : 0%; 1: 10%; …. 10 : 100%

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 100 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment This parameter is only relevant if the parameterNETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "2: NC2 modeof operation for R99 onwards MS" or "3: NC2 mode of operation forall MS".

The serving cell is considered in a low load situation whenTHR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING = 0 %. The value of 0 % deactivatesthe load evaluation in the serving cell.

The load situation of external cells is unknown in the serving cell.The BSS then computes the NC2 load of those cells as follows:- If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to a value lowerthan 100 %, then the cell is considered in a low load situation.- If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to 100 %, thenthe cell is considered in an high load situation

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

1008 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.282 (TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR) - (TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR)

HMI Name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THRParameter Name

Logical Name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR

Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a badtransmission efficiency in acknowledged mode.

Coding rules step size = 1%

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Reselection 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1009 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.283 (TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR) - (TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR)

HMI Name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THRParameter Name

Logical Name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR

Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a badtransmission efficiency in unacknowledged mode.

Coding rules step size = 1%

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

% 0 100 15

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Reselection 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

1010 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.284 (TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD) - (TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD)

HMI Name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD

Definition Number of received RLC data blocks for GPRS TBF after whichTX_EFFICIENCY is computed.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 500 200

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Reselection 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Max [1, value of previous release]

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1011 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.285 (TX_INT) - (TX_INT)

HMI Name TX_INTParameter Name

Logical Name TX_INT

Definition Number of PRACH timeslots to spread transmission of PACKETCHANNEL REQUEST.

Coding rules Possible values are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25,32, 50, coded from 0000 to 1111

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules It is recommended to set TX_INT so that the correspondingspreading time is about 240 ms.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 2 50 8

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Master channel 1/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

1012 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.286 (TX_INTEGER) - (Tx_integer (MFS))

HMI Name TX_INTEGERParameter Name

Logical Name Tx_integer (MFS)

Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNELREQUEST.

Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32,50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111

Mandatory rules Equal to Tx_Integer (BSC)

Recommended rules When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, itis recommended to set:TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF= 0TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1.

When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it isrecommended to set:TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH.

The number of slots belonging to the MS’s RACH between 2successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawnrandomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in theset (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on theCCCH configuration as shown below:

1) for non combined CCCH:- Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 –> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms)- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 –> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms)- Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 –> S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms)- Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 –> S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms)Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 –> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms)

2) for combined CCCH:- Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 –> S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms)- Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 –> S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms)- Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 –> S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms)- Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 –> S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms)- Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 –> S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms)

Note:- In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACHframes per 51-multiframe- In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH framesper 51-multiframe.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1013 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 3 50 32

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: PAG

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / RACH Ctrl

External Comment When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set:TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF= 0TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

1014 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

4.2.287 (Wait Indication for Packet Access Reject) - (WI_PR)

HMI Name Wait Indication for Packet Access RejectParameter Name

Logical Name WI_PR

Definition Wait indication used in PACKET ACCESS REJECT.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

sec 0 255 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: GPR

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / Connection Control 2/2

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1015 / 1041

4 GPRS Telecom Parameters

1016 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1017 / 1041

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

5.1 Network (CDE)

5.1.1 (EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS) - (EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS)

HMI Name EN_DL_RETRANS_BTSParameter Name

Logical Name EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS

Definition This flag enables / disables downlink retransmission in the BTS.

Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment DL retransmission in the BTS will be disabled by the MFS in thecells mapped to non Evolium BTSs or in cells having an Abis or anAter satellite link (whatever the TRE type G3 or G4). In a cell withterrestrial Abis and Ater links, this feature is disabled for G3 TREsonly.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

1018 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

5.1.2 (MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN) - (MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN)

HMI Name MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAINParameter Name

Logical Name MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN

Definition Minimum throughput gain required to be provided to the MS whenperforming a T2 or T3 TBF reallocation.

Coding rules step size = 0,1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0,1 5 0,4

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1019 / 1041

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

5.1.3 (N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS) - (N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS)

HMI Name N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESSParameter Name

Logical Name N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS

Definition Two definitions are possible :- If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = "enabled" : number ofGCHs required to be established due to the "Fast Initial PS Access"feature,- If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = "disabled" : number ofGCHs to keep established when there is no more (E)GPRS traffic ina cell (while the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer is running). ThoseGCHs will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the cell.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Network (CDE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance MFS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 5 1

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment This parameter is significant only for Evolium BTSs

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type NoneMigration

Rule Not applicable

1020 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

5.2 Site (CAE)

5.2.1 (BEP_PERIOD) - (BEP_PERIOD)

HMI Name BEP_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name BEP_PERIOD

Definition Filter constant for EGPRS channel quality measurements.

Coding rules coded on 4 bits as follows:0: 11: 22: 33: 44: 55: 76: 107: 128: 159: 2010: 2511: Reserved for future use12: Reserved for future use13: Reserved for future use14: Reserved for future use15: Reserved for future use

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 25 10

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: ?

Parameter Access Edit Cell / Cell Information / Cell Description

External Comment The BEP_PERIOD parameter defines the forgetting factor used inthe MEAN_BEP and CV_BEP averaging at the MS side.In case of cell without frequency hopping and without "fast" mobiles(i.e. not motorway or TGV coverage), it is advised to set a highervalue (e.g. 25) in order to avoid spurious MCS changes causinghigher BLER and throughput loss.

Cell Type Dependent No

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1021 / 1041

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

1022 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

5.2.2 (E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD) - (E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD)

HMI Name E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIODParameter Name

Logical Name E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD

Definition Number of received radio blocks for an EGPRS TBF after whichE_TX_EFFICIENCY is computed.

Coding rules step size = 1

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 500 200

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: ?

Parameter Access Edit BSC / GPRS / E-GPRS

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1023 / 1041

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

5.2.3 (EN_IR_UL) - (EN_IR_UL)

HMI Name EN_IR_ULParameter Name

Logical Name EN_IR_UL

Definition Enables/Disables Incremental redundancy for the uplink TBF in theBSS.

Coding rules 0: Disable, 1: Enable

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL)and RLC resegmentation in uplink (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL),Alcatel recommends to enable first the Incremental Redundancy inUplink. The activation of both at the same time may reduce the gainof the Incremental Redundancy

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment The Incremental Redundancy for the uplink TBF feature is supportedonly on G4 BTSs.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

1024 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

5.2.4 (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL) - (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL)

HMI Name EN_RESEGMENTATION_ULParameter Name

Logical Name EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL

Definition Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the uplink TBF in the BSS

Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL)and RLC resegmentation in uplink (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL),Alcatel recommends to enable first the Incremental Redundancy inUplink. The activation of both at the same time may reduce the gainof the Incremental Redundancy

Category Site (CAE)

Type Flag

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 1 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1025 / 1041

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

5.2.5 (N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU) - (N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU)

HMI Name N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPUParameter Name

Logical Name N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU

Definition Number of free 64k Ater TSs that are kept "in reserve" in order tobe able to serve some prioritary requests in cells managed by theGPU. The prioritary requests are the GCH establishment requestslaunched when the first TBF has to be established in a cell (useful toguarantee that MM traffic will be supported in any cell at any time).Note : In case of non-Evolium BTS, those are PDCHs that will beestablished instead of GCHs.

In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU = 0, then no Ater margin ismanaged.In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU > 0, RRM will ensure thatN_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU 64k Ater TSs are always free (i.e. notused by a GCH in the GPU). From then on, only prioritary requestswill be allowed to establish some GCHs (Evolium BTS) / PDCHs(non-Evolium BTS) with those Ater resources.

Coding rules –

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 10 2

Modifiable OMC Changes: – RNO Changes: –

Parameter Access –

1026 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

External Comment - Increasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU will make theaverage number of unused Ater nibbles in the GPU increase. Thatcorresponds to a loss of Ater resources on the field, as the on-goingTBF traffic will never "benefit from the margin of Ater resources". But,on the other hand, the likelihood of not serving a prioritary request inthe GPU will be become very low.- Decreasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU (to a nonnull value) will make it possible that prioritary requests cannot beserved in case several such requests have to be served in a shortperiod of time (i.e. before having had the time to "fill the Ater margin"up again), especially if the requests have to be served on severaldifferent DSPs (one 64k Ater TS will be consumed by each DSP).- Setting N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU to 0 will make it possible thecases where prioritary requests cannot be served at all.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of new and CRITICAL MFS parametersby the OMC (C’)

Migration

Rule B9 default value

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1027 / 1041

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

5.2.6 (T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport) - (T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport)

HMI Name T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReportParameter Name

Logical Name T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport

Definition Time period to request for an EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack/Nackwith measurements.

Coding rules step size = 20 ms

Mandatory rules –

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Timer

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

ms 60 3000 200

Modifiable OMC Changes: None RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access ???

External Comment –

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

1028 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

5.2.7 (TBF_DL_INIT_MCS) - (TBF_DL_INIT_MCS)

HMI Name TBF_DL_INIT_MCSParameter Name

Logical Name TBF_DL_INIT_MCS

Definition Value of the downlink modulation and coding scheme when the linkadaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the modulationand coding scheme otherwise.

Coding rules 0 : MCS-11 : MCS-22 : MCS-33 : MCS-44 : MCS-55 : MCS-66 : MCS-77 : MCS-88 : MCS-9

Mandatory rules TBF_DL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 9 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC

External Comment The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Min (Value of previous release,MAX_EGPRS_MCS)

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1029 / 1041

5 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters

5.2.8 (TBF_UL_INIT_MCS) - (TBF_UL_INIT_MCS)

HMI Name TBF_UL_INIT_MCSParameter Name

Logical Name TBF_UL_INIT_MCS

Definition Value of the uplink modulation and coding scheme when the linkadaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value of the modulationand coding scheme otherwise.

Coding rules 0 : MCS-11 : MCS-22 : MCS-33 : MCS-44 : MCS-55 : MCS-66 : MCS-77 : MCS-88 : MCS-9

Mandatory rules TBF_UL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 1 9 3

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: No

Parameter Access Edit Cell / GPRS / RLC/MAC

External Comment The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Min (Value of previous release,MAX_EGPRS_MCS)

1030 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

6 2G-3G Telecom Parameters

6 2G-3G Telecom Parameters

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1031 / 1041

6 2G-3G Telecom Parameters

6.1 Site (CAE)

6.1.1 (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION) -(EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC))

HMI Name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTIONParameter Name

Logical Name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC)

Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections anddefines the 3G search activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state.

Coding rules 0: Disabled1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMMready state,2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMMready state.

Mandatory rules Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS)

Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLYrecommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequencybands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 2 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / UMTS

External Comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode ofoperation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for allMS", the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating theNC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message.This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of thevalue of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter.Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shallnot exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN(excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 – 1 = 31 if theExtended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describesthe dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IEof the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for2G-to-3G cell reselections.

1032 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

6 2G-3G Telecom Parameters

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1033 / 1041

6 2G-3G Telecom Parameters

6.1.2 (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION) -(EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS))

HMI Name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTIONParameter Name

Logical Name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(MFS)

Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections anddefines the 3G search activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state

Coding rules 0: Disabled1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMMready state,2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMMready state.

Mandatory rules Equal to EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION(BSC)

Recommended rules The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLYrecommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequencybands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem MFS

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

None 0 2 0

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / UMTS

External Comment If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode ofoperation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for allMS", the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating theNC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message.This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of thevalue of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter.

Since the total number of ARFCN described in the BA list shallnot exceed 32 in the serving cell, the number of useful ARFCN(excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 – 1 = 31 if theExtended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message describesthe dummy ARFCN. This case occurs when there is no additional2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IEof the SI2ter message but the SI2ter message has to be present for2G-to-3G cell reselections.

Cell Type Dependent No

1034 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

6 2G-3G Telecom Parameters

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type Migration of common B8/B9 MFS parameters bythe OMC (B)

Migration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1035 / 1041

6 2G-3G Telecom Parameters

6.1.3 (FDD_FREQUENCY_LIST) - (FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC))

HMI Name FDD_FREQUENCY_LISTParameter Name

Logical Name FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC)

Definition List of neighbour FDD UTRAN frequencies

Coding rules 0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz. The value of"-1" indicates that no UTRAN frequency is provided.

Mandatory rules Only the following downlink bands are standardized: 1930 – 1990MHz and 2110 – 2170 MHz

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type List of numbers

SubSystem BSC

Instance BSS

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

MHz 0 3276.6 -1

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: BSS

Parameter Access Edit BSC / UMTS

External Comment The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN AbsoluteRadio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface.The FDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells arebroadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocatedin the serving cell.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

1036 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

6 2G-3G Telecom Parameters

6.1.4 (FDD_Qmin) - (FDD_Qmin(BSC))

HMI Name FDD_QminParameter Name

Logical Name FDD_Qmin(BSC)

Definition Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.

Coding rules 0 = -20 dB1 = -6 dB2 = -18 dB3 = -8dB4 = -16dB5 = -10dB6 = -14dB7 = -12dB

Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qmin(MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Threshold

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -20 -6 -12

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit cell / UMTS

External Comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is aPBCCH allocated in the serving cell.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1037 / 1041

6 2G-3G Telecom Parameters

6.1.5 (FDD_Qoffset) - (FDD_Qoffset (BSC))

HMI Name FDD_QoffsetParameter Name

Logical Name FDD_Qoffset (BSC)

Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and ofthe neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection.

Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible1: -28: -28 dB2: -24: -24 dB3: -20: -20 dB4: -16: -16 dB5: -12: -12 dB6: -8: -8 dB7: -4: -4 dB8: 0: 0 dB9: 4: 4 dB10: 8: 8 dB11: 12: 12 dB12: 16: 16 dB13: 20: 20 dB14: 24: 24 dB15: 28: 28 dB

Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qoffset(MFS)

Recommended rules –

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dB -32 28 -32

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit cell / UMTS

External Comment This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is aPBCCH allocated in the serving cell.

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

1038 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

6 2G-3G Telecom Parameters

6.1.6 (Qsearch) - (Qsearch(BSC))

HMI Name QsearchParameter Name

Logical Name Qsearch(BSC)

Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the receivedlevel average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold.

Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC0: -98: -98 dBm (below)1: -94: -94 dBm (below)2: -90: -90dBm (below)3: -86: -86dBm (below)4: -82: -82 dBm (below)5: -78: -78 dBm (below)6: -74: -74 dBm (below)7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells8: -78: -78 dBm (above)9: -74: -74 dBm (above)10: -70: -70 dBm (above)11: -66: -66 dBm (above)12: -62: -62 dBm (above)13: -58: -58 dBm (above)14: -54: -54 dBm (above)15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells

Mandatory rules Equal to Qsearch(MFS)

Recommended rules In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch =-70, i.e. alwayssearch for 3G neighbour cells.

Category Site (CAE)

Type Number

SubSystem BSC

Instance cell

Unit Minimum Maximum DefaultValue

dBm -98 -50 -50

Modifiable OMC Changes: PRC & SC RNO Changes: SEL

Parameter Access Edit Cell / UMTS

External Comment This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signallevel is below (-98 dBm to "always search for 3G neighbour cells") orabove (-78 dBm to "never search for neighbour cells") the threshold.This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is aPBCCH allocated in the serving cell. It is equal to Qsearch_I whenbroadcast on BCCH, or equal to Qsearch_P when broadcast onPBCCH (See TS 05.18).

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1039 / 1041

6 2G-3G Telecom Parameters

Cell Type Dependent No

Nb of TRX Dependent No

Type OEF migration for BSC parametersMigration

Rule Value of previous release

1040 / 1041 IN PREPARATION 3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02

6 2G-3G Telecom Parameters

BLANK PAGE BREAK

3BK 20924 AAAA PCZZA Ed.30P02 IN PREPARATION 1041 / 1041